Home

Owner`s Manual Owner `s M anual

Contents

1. Capacities and Specifications Component 2 0L EcoBoost Engine 3 7L V6 Engine BXT 96R 590 3 SP 537 SP 520 Spark plugs Cabin air filter FP 71 Windshield wiper WW 2200 driver side blade WW 1900 passenger side 1 Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2 Only use the specified replacement oil filter The use of a non specified oil filter can result in engine damage For spark plug replacement see an authorized dealer Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts Your warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 307 MKZ CC9 enUSA Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX The vehicle identification number is located on the left hand side of the instrument panel A B C DEFG H XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX J E142477 A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Restraint Devices and their locations C Make vehicle line series body type Engine type Check digit Model year E142476 Please note t
2. Parking Home amp Garden Personal Care Services Auto Dealership Govt Office Public Transit Education To expand these listings press the in front of the listing The system also allows you to sort alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available cityseekr Note cityseekr point of interest POI information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants hotels and attractions E142634 MyLincoln Touch When you have selected a point of interest the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description check in and checkout times or restaurant hours Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website This screen displays the point of interest icon such as Hotel Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife Attraction T This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system 383 MKZ CC9 enUSA When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilitie
3. Radio on Set PTY Tune Help AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt Pa Browse EM MKZ CC9 enUSA 1 If available 2 If you have said Browse see the Browse chart later in this section 3 If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart MyLincoln Touch TUNE lt 530 1710 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt AM AM lt 530 1710 gt AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt EM FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt EM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt EM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt HD lt gt Preset lt gt Help If available MKZ CC9 enUSA Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the SIRIUS tab Memory Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 4
4. 127 Rear Heated Seats 128 Heated Steering Wheel 73 Heated Windows and Mirrors 118 Heated Exterior MitTOf esesseesseseeiserserseees 18 Heated Rear WiINdOW csesececeeteeseeeeeeeees 18 Heating See Climate Control ceeeeceseeceeeeeseeeeee 116 Index Hill Start ASSIST ccscecessesnssevecesssnesssssensens 168 Using Hill Start Assist Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate aaas erre e Si 117 Cooling the Interior Quickly General Hints esses tssseseseseseeseees Heating the Interior Quickly Recommended Settings for Cooling x Recommended Settings for Heating 18 Side Window Defogging in Cold Weathe nt idesivawcrccsttieansnteaneccsiat 18 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock BrAKGS oireeseesi 165 Hood Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 247 In California U S Only cee 228 Information Display Control 12 Cluster Display Control Features 72 Information Displays 96 General Information eee 96 Informati Ossie 365 QU ASSI Shoo asi 373 ALGMTS iscsi eee a ea A 373 Calendar 373 Sirius Travel Link 370 SYNC Services If Equipped United States MKZ CC9 enUSA Information Messages 100 Active Paik ccccccicsstasetsesceseresasvavescctccinicessauvenseces 101 Adaptive Cruise Control cece 101 ACVANCETLAC ce eeeceseccseseseseseseseeeseeeteeeeeteeeeeeees 102 Battery and Charging System 103 Blind
5. Fuel Take a rest break soon Message Action Fuel Level Low Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition Check Fuel Fill Inlet Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed MKZ CC9 enUSA 105 Information Displays Hill Start Assist Message Action Hill Start Assist Not Available Displays when hill start assist is not available Contact your authorized dealer See Hill Start Assist page 168 Keys and Intelligent Access Message Action Press Brake to START Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle No Key Detected Displayed if the key is not detected by the system See Keyless Starting page 139 Restart Now or Key is Needed Displayed when the start stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and an Intelligent Access key is not detected inside the vehicle Run Power Active Displayed when the vehicle is in the run ignition state Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See your authorized dealer for service Key Program Successful Displayed during spare key programming when an intelligent access key is programmed to the system Key Program Failure Displayed during spare key programming when an intelligent access key has failed to be programmed Max Number of Key
6. Cluster Display Control Features E145982 72 Steering Wheel Use this control to access some of the MyLincoln Touch features in the information display Navigate through the screen and press OK to select See MyLincoln Touch page 317 HEATED STEERING WHEEL cr EQUIPPED See MyLincoln Touch page 317 73 MKZ CC9 enUSA Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield E169313 A Single wipe B Intermittent wipe C Normal wipe D High speed wipe MKZ CC9 enUSA 74 Intermittent Wipe A Shortest wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Longest wipe interval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease AUTOWIPERS r EauippeD Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windsh
7. Driver temperature controls Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged G F E Fan speed control Press on either side of the fan icon to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Passenger temperature controls Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle Power Press to turn the system on and off When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the button illuminates and the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging A C Press the button to turn on or turn off the air conditioning system To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency 116 Climate Control MAX A C Press the button to switch on Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents air condition
8. Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes MyLincoln Touch Note f your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving Point of Interest POI Categories Main categories Food Drink amp Dining Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Community Health amp Medicine Automotive Shopping Entertainment amp Arts Recreation amp Sports Government Domestic Services 382 MKZ CC9 enUSA Subcategories Restaurant Golf
9. Check Rear Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 173 Front Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Park Brake Message Action Park Brake Engaged Displays when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer Park Brake Malfunction Service Now The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Park Brake Not Applied Displays when the electric parking brake is not set Park Brake Maintenance Mode Displays when the electric parking brake is running a diagnostic check Park Brake Use Switch to Release Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not been released Press Brake To Release Park Brake and Switch Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not been released and the vehicle is moving Park Brake Limited Function Service Required The electric park brake system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Park Brake System Overheated Displays when the electric parking brake was not released causing it to overheat MKZ
10. O j O i A B E142605 A A V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports See Entertainment page 338 316 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING E161891 mo ouw D gt MKZ CC9 enUSA A Driving while distracted can result in AN loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Phone Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Climate Settings Home 317 MyLincoln Touch F G Information Entertainment This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes
11. You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise The cruise control indicator light replaces the adaptive cruise control amp control indicator light if you select normal cruise control The gap setting will not display the system will not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking will not activate The system defaults to adaptive cruise control when you start the vehicle 189 MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving Aids DRIVER ALERT rF cquiprep WARNING A The driver alert system is designed to aid you It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system will store the on or off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles Note f enabled in the menu the system will be active at speeds above 40 mph 64 km h When below the activation speed the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note f the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function Note The system may not be available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front
12. f To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle MKZ CC9 enUSA Restraint Combined Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Type child and seat weight LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt lower lower and top and LATCH only anchors anchors tether lower and top only anchor anchors tether and top anchor tether anchor Rear Up to 65 Ib X X facing 29 kg child seat Rear Over 65 Ib X facing 29 kg child seat Forward Up to 65 lb x x x facing 29 kg child seat Forward Over 65 Ib x x facing 29 kg child seat 27 Child Safety Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See Seats page 121 CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside S E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Left Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock Right Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock 28 MKZ CC9 enUSA Safety Belts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS f Always drive and ride with your seat back upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips 1 To reduce the risk of injury make sure children s
13. 55 Locks Locking and Unlocking a Keyless Entry ccccccccescseseteeseteteeseeeeeeee Interior Luggage Compartment ROLCAS C iisiisssisscssesccssscassastesatvesascssecesavesvacse 65 Table of Contents Security Passive Anti Theft System cee 67 Anti Theft Alarm eeesseseseseeeeeeseseeeeees 68 Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel 70 Audio CONIOl se cissscssecesssscssssistiesnsnsasssssveveet 71 Voice COMMON 2s casisecetdssssscaissasigcesssnccioioiase 72 Cruise Contolera 72 Information Display Control 72 Heated Steering Wheel eee 73 Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers eceeeeeeeteeeeees 74 AULOWID ELS vecesedescaicseniansiiniianicsiiecs 74 Windshield WaSshefrs cceeeeeeceseseeeees 75 Lighting Lighting Control siessen AULOIAMPSsisccccatsvssisscscccsecseccscevzctesescatessavvasses Instrument Lighting Dimmer Headlamp Exit Delay eee Daytime Running Lamps Automatic High Beam Control Adaptive Headlamps cesses Direction INdiCAtOIs eee eeeeeeteeee Interior LAMPS eeeseseteeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeees Windows and Mirrors Power WiNdOWG ccceceesseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 83 Global Opening and Closing 84 Exterior MirrOrs c cccececeeseeeteeseseeeeseeeeees 84 Interior MirrOr c ce ceeeseeteeseseeseseeeeseteeeees 86 SuN ViSO Sinensis 87 MKZ CC9 enUSA SUN SHAG SS sensrusrunpienanmaanai 87 MOONNO Ol scsccbececiidivieie eE 87 Instrument
14. eceeeseseceseeeeeeeeeeees 94 Stability Control iasnccasnmcncaanucss 95 Stability Control Offi eeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 95 TUNK AS AM ieiti 95 Washer Fluid Check eeeeeeseeeeeeeseees 258 Washers See Cleaning the Exterior eee 267 See Wipers and WaSHETS cceeseeeeeeeeeees 74 WAXING essin rias 268 Wheel Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel 300 Wheels and Tires x215 Technical Specifications 305 Windows and Mirrors eeeeeeeeeeeees 83 Windshield Washefs cceeeeseeeneeees 75 Windshield WipefrS cceeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 74 Intermittent Wipe 14 Speed Dependent WIPES 74 MKZ CC9 enUSA 443 Wipers and Washers 444 MKZ CC9 enUSA
15. webbing A On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner Vehicle Care If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS A WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas MKZ CC9 enUSA 270 Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The
16. 1 For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving f Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving COD E142622 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console MyLincoln Touch You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other
17. 21 5A Humidity and in car temperature Rear climate seats 22 5A Occupant classification sensor 23 10A Delayed accessory power inverter logic moonroof logic 24 30A Central lock unlock 25 30A Driver s door window mirror 26 30A Front passenger s door window mirror 27 30A Moonroof 28 20A THX amplifier 29 30A Rear driver side door window 30 30A Rear passenger side door window 31 15A Not used spare 32 10 GPS Voice control Display Adaptive cruise control Radio frequency receiver 33 20A Radio Active noise control 34 30A Run start bus fuse 19 20 21 22 35 36 37 circuit breaker MKZ CC9 enUSA 243 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 35 1 Restraints control module 5A 36 1 Continuous control damping suspension Auto dimming rear view mirror Lane keeping system module 37 15A All wheel drive relay Heated steering wheel 38 30A Rear window shade Micro fuse Dual micro fuse CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire E142430 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing
18. A C Refrigerant 2 0L Engines 1 23 Ib 0 56 kg Motorcraft R 134a Refrigerant YN 19 US CYN 16 R Canada WSH M17B19 A A C Refrigerant Compressor Oil MKZ CC9 enUSA 5 2 fl oz 153 8ml Motorcraft PAG Refri gerant Compressor Oil 311 YN 12 D Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or equi Ford part number valent Ford specification WSH M1C231 A Ford recommends using Motorcraft Ford DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS M6C65 A2 Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards Keep brake fluid clean and dry Contamination with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure Approximate dry fill capacity Actual amount may vary during fluid changes Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling We have designed your engine to use Motorcraft engine oils or equivalent oils that meet Ford specifications It is also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommended viscosity grade that meets API SN requirements and displays the API certif
19. Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking Driving at high speeds in curves Previous feature activation happened within the last one second Ambiguous lane markings mainly in construction zones Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvancetTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt grime fog frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you MKZ CCQ enUSA Driving Aids Why is the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road Faint lane markings partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always as expected in the Aid or Aid Alert mode High cross winds Large road crown Rough roads grooves shoulder drop offs Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure If the tires have been exchanged including snow tires or the suspension has been modified 195 MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving Aids
20. amount equals 1 400 Ib and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ib 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you four of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 pounds 99 kilograms each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds 13 5 kilograms each The calculation would Load Carrying be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 pounds Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 5 x 99 kilograms 5 x 13 5 kilograms 635 495 67 5 72 5 kilograms Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage
21. and then adjust the temperature control as necessary MKZ CCQ enUSA 118 HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS Heated Rear Window Note You must switch the ignition on to use this feature Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 10 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 10 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines which your warranty does not cover Heated Exterior Mirror Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both heated mirrors remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window CABIN AIR FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter It is located behind the glove box Climate Control The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your vehicle Note To prevent foreign objects from entering the system make sure the cabin air is in place at
22. enUSA Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element Note mproper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note A ways keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from discharging accidentally Donotuse the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods MKZ CC9 enUSA 136 Locations Power points may be in the following locations in the front of the center console inside the center console storage bin on the rear of the center console 110 Volt
23. enUSA MyLincoln Touch Additional sports related voice commands Golf headlines Golf leaderboard NFL scores NHL headlines Golf schedule NHL schedule MLS headlines NHL scores MLS schedule WNBA headlines Alerts e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services View the complete message Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white MKZ CC9 enUSA MLS scores WNBA schedule Motor sports headlines WNBA scores Motor sports order Help Calendar e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 911 Assist if Equipped WARNINGS A Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could dela
24. press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving Starting and Stopping the Engine Accessory Allows some electrical accessories to operate while the engine is not running On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once from accessory mode e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button twice from off mode Start Starts the engine Press the brake pedal and then press the button for any length of time An indicator light on the button illuminates when the ignition is on and when the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Before starting the engine check the following Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts e Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on e Put the transmission in P Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button MKZ CC9 enUSA The system does not function if The key frequencies are jammed The key battery has no charge If you are unable t
25. 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console 3 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned FM station or a CD if there is a CD already loaded into the system 4 Adjust the volume as desired 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the maximum 6 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low MKZ CCQ enUSA 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Troubleshooting Donotconnect the audio input jack to a line level output The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volu
26. 293 WARNINGS Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing your system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Safety Practices WARNINGS A If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds Wheels and Tires WARNINGS A Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road
27. Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and free to select gears Invalid Gear Selection Displays when an invalid gear has been selected Press Brake Pedal Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed Depress Brake to Shift from Park Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed to enable the transmission to shift from park Press N again to Enter Stay in Neutral Mode Displays when the neutral button N needs to be pressed again to enter neutral hold See Automatic Transmission page 154 Stay in Neutral Mode Engaged Displays when neutral hold is active See Automatic Trans mission page 154 Stay in Neutral Tow Engaged See Manual to Disable Displays when neutral hold is active See General Information page 96 SHIFT SYS FAULT Confirm Park Brake Apply Before Exiting the Vehicle Displays when there is a system fault and the park brake needs to be depressed before exiting the vehicle See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Cannot Shift Trans Use Park Brake to Secure Vehicle Displays when there is a system fault and the park brake needs to be depressed before exiting the vehicle See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Service Required See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Vehicle is Shifting to Park Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting to park See your authorized dealer SHIFT S
28. During this time a Transmission not in Park message will appear in the information display screen prompting you to make the shift Transmission Note To put your vehicle in gear with the door open perform steps 1 4 See the Automatic Return to Park section in this chapter for more information on this feature P Park With the transmission in P Park your vehicle locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning Always come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of P Park An audible chime sounds once you select P Park When the ignition is turned off the vehicle will automatically shift into P Park If the ignition is turned off while the vehicle is moving it will first shift into N Neutral until a slow enough speed is reached The vehicle will then shift into P Park automatically Automatic Return to Park Note This feature will not operate when your vehicle is in Stay in Neutral mode or neutral tow Your vehicle has a safety feature that will automatically shift your vehicle into P Park when any of the following conditions occur You turn the ignition off You open the driver s door with your safety belt unlatched Your safety belt is unlatched while the driver s door is open If you turn the ignition off while your vehicle is moving your vehicle will first shift into N Neutral until it slows down enough to shift into P Park automatically MKZ
29. Fasten safety belt Cabin air filter Check fuel cap f Child safety door lock or unlock Child seat lower anchor I Child seat tether anchor MS Cruise control Do not open when hot Front airbag Front fog lamps Fuel pump reset GB 3 Fuse compartment Hazard warning flashers Heated rear window d Heated windshield Eeeeh PLE MKZ CC9 enUSA Introduction L Interior luggage compartment release Keep out of reach of children efef Lighting control Ch Fd Low tire pressure warning Maintain correct fluid level Note operating instructions Panic alarm able Parking aid U ea Parking brake Power steering fluid Power windows front rear Power window lockout Service engine soon Of fele MKZ CC9 enUSA k Side airbag T Shield the eyes Eg Stability control Windshield wash and wipe DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to y
30. Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover MKZ CCQ enUSA 268 WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax Apply a small amount of wax ina back and forth motion not in circles Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time Roof racks Bumpers Grained door handles Side moldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal Vehicle Care When washing Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canad
31. Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such Appendices SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in
32. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Wheels and Tires WARNINGS A To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting MKZ CC9 enUSA
33. administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings MKZ CC9 enUSA In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center Customer Assistance The use of
34. agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software collectively Notices electronically Telenav may provide such Notices by posting them on Telenav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software 8 4 Telenav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect MKZ CC9 enUSA 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The T
35. damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury Gow E143819 GCW Gross Combined Weight is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating not at Gross Combined Weight Rating Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating MKZ CC9 enUSA Cow Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options driver and front passenger weight 150 pounds 68 kilograms each no cargo weight internal or external and a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer Consult an authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight
36. defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will Telenav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance Appendices on the information provided by the Telenav Software Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALIN
37. e Donotrun over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel if provided If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected MKZ CC9 enUSA Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of al
38. enUSA 433 Anti Theft Alarm cessesseceeeeeeeseeeneeeee 68 Arming the Alarm 68 Disarming the Alarm 68 ApPpEndiCES Karerr 392 Audible Warnings and Indicators 95 Headlamps On Warning Chime 95 Key in Ignition Warning Chime 95 Keyless Warning Alert Parking Brake On Warning Chime 95 Audio CONTIOL ee eeeeeseesteteecteeeeeteeeenenes 71 Seek Next or PreviOUS sessseseesesesereee 71 Audio SysStemM s sseesseseseereersesressrorresseose General Information EMOD rnan E RE 314 Autola MpSenrcniinnnesreniii s 77 Automatic Climate Control 116 Automatic High Beam Control 79 Activating the System 80 Manually Overriding the System 80 Automatic Transmission 154 Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learnings nan er reer rere 158 Brake Shift Interlock Override 157 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or SMOW ear r R dant Push Button Shift Transmission SelectShift Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Fluid CHECK aeia E EEES 254 6F35 HF35 transmission 254 6F50 6F55 Transmission cccccecceeeeee 255 Autowipers Auxiliary Power Points es 110 Volt AC Power Point eceeseeeeeeees 136 12 Volt DC Power Point ceeeeeeeeeeeees 136 LOCATIONS s eseccacecasssaisessecadacesesesbseccecccoceseasaane 136 AWD See All Wheel Drive 159 Index B Blind Spot Information System Blind Spot Informati
39. position The Gross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG AR GAWR XXXXKG DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXKG XXXX XXXXXXX XXXX XX AT XXX _KPa XX THIS VEHICLI VEHICLE SAI MANUFACTI VIN TYPE XXX EXT PN RIMS ETY STANDARDS TIRES PS COLD E CONFORMS TO ALL APPLI RE SHOWN ABOVE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXLB WITH R XXXXIXXXXXXX XXXX XX XXX KPaXX PSI COLD ICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR NPEFFECT ON THE DATE OF 200 XXXXX WANA IVI A XX TINTTR XX T we XXX TTPIPS DSO TTR SPR XXXXX XXX XXX RC XX R TAXLE X XX XAXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX E142523 MFD BY F DATE xx xx GYWR PHB IRAD EE AT A kPa PSI LPC xxx xx VIN ee oN TYPE 00 XX M Tl XXXX Wi XXXXXX ORD MOTOR 0 BY XXXX LB KXXXxKG FRONT GAWR PNBE AV REAR GWR ruse AR WBA XXXKG AVEC TIRES PNEUS XXXX XXXXK XXXX XXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX COLD A FROID oa JUMELEES x COMPLIES 2000 300 x00 iil AAA N TIP PS TINTTR a xx TR iit Tie SPR x XXXXX XX X XXXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX VXXXXXXXXXXX XX E142524 209 MKZ CC9 enUSA Load Carrying WARNING A Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious
40. refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Load Carrying Examples For a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds 227 to 340 kilograms For an 11500 pound 5216 kilogram fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds 782 to 1304 kilograms WARNINGS Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ib on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle MKZ CC9 enUSA 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ib 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX
41. reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle Use caution when using the rear video camera and the trunk is ajar If the trunk is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the trunk is ajar Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in reverse R Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle The image will display in either the rear view mirror or the display in the center of the instrument panel During operation lines will appear in the display that represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle MKZ CC9 enUSA 4 E152548 The camera is located on the trunk near the high mount brake lamp Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse R The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle Active guidelines
42. system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced MKZ CC9 enUSA 252 Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and
43. the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Appendices Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FRO
44. 40A Blower motor 80 30A Power trunk 81 AOA Inverter 82 60A Anti lock brake system pump 83 25A Wiper motor 1 MKZ CC9 enUSA 240 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 84 1 Starter solenoid 30A 85 1 Panoramic roof 2 30A 1 M type fuse J type fuse Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering column E145984 241 MKZ CC9 enUSA Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 Lighting ambient glove box vanity dome 10A trunk 2 I5A Memory seats Lumbar Power mirror 3 20A Driver door unlock 4 5A Not used spare 5 20A Subwoofer amplifier THX amplifier 6 104 Not used spare 7 104 Not used spare 8 104 Not used spare 9 10A Not used spare 10 5A Power trunk logic Keypad 11 5A Not used spare 12 J54 Climate control Gear shift 13 J54 oo wheel column Cluster Datalink ogic 14 10A Not used spare 15 10A Datalink Gateway module 16 15A Trunk release 17 Not used spare MKZ CC9 enUSA 242 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 18 5A Ignition Push button stop start 19 5A Passenger airbag disabled indicator Transmission range 20 5A Adaptive headlamps
45. A gas strut will support the hood Toclose the hood lower the hood and allow it to drop the last 8 to 11 inches 20 to 30 centimeters Note Make sure that the hood is closed properly Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L ECOBOOST A B Cc D E F E159754 Engine coolant reservoir cap Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir cap Battery Power distribution box Engine air filter assembly IO Tnn mMmMmMU OUD Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap 248 MKZ CC9 enUSA Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 3 7L E153064 Engine coolant reservoir cap Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir cap Battery Power distribution box Air filter housing Transmission fluid dipstick Engine oil dipstick Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap IOn muUa SL 249 MKZ CC9 enUSA Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 2 0L Note Make sure that the level is between ECOBOOST the MIN and the MAX marks 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil A B pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with SRERERRRES S a clean lint free cloth Replace the ARERR O dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the level is at the MIN mark add oil E142462 immediately A MIN Adding Engine Oil B MAX Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is r
46. AC Power Point if equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point since it will defeat the safety protection design Doing so my cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury Note Keep the vehicle running to use the power point You can use the power point for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts It is on the rear of the center console E143941 Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light located on the power point is on power point is ready to supply power off power point power supply is off ignition is not on e flashing power point is in fault mode The power point temporarily turns off power if it exceeds the 150 watt limit It can also switch to a fault mode if it detects overloading overheating or shorting conditions For overloading and shorting conditions unplug your device and switch the ignition off then on For an overheating condition let the system cool off first Switch the ignition off then on Do not use the power point for certain electric devices including Cathode ray tube type televisions Motor loads for example vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools or comp
47. AND PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAGS Driver and passenger knee airbags are located under or within the instrument panel During a crash the restraints control module may activate the driver and passenger knee airbags individually or both based on crash severity and respective occupant conditions Under certain crash and occupant conditions the driver and passenger knee airbags may deploy individually or both but the corresponding front airbag may not activate As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury oe Make sure the knee airbags are AN operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNINGS f Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash A Do not lean your head on the door The side curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing side curtain airbags Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible f All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety bel
48. BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert ir Equipped WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist uo 5 5 4 _ 0 BLIS aids you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A The detection area is on both sides of the vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet 3 meters beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving E124788 Cross traffic alert warns you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in R Reverse MKZ CC9 enUSA 196 Note BLIS is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects or to detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees etc It is designed to alert the driver to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger Using the Systems BLIS turns on when the vehicle is started and is driven forward above 5 mph 8 km h it remains on while the transmission is in D Drive and N Neutral If shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral the system enters c
49. BROWSE BROWSE Album lt name gt All albums Genre lt name gt Playlist lt name gt All artists Podcast lt name gt All audiobooks TV show lt name gt All authors All composers All folders Video lt name gt All genres All movies Video playlist lt name gt Video podcast lt name gt All music videos All playlists All podcasts All songs All TV shows All video playlists All video podcasts All videos Artist lt name gt Audiobook lt name gt Author lt name gt Composer lt name gt Folder lt name gt MKZ CC9 enUSA Help This command is only available in USB mode and is device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown MyLi
50. CC9 enUSA 155 Note f you have waited an extended period of time 2 15 minutes before starting your vehicle unlatching your safety belt will cause this feature to activate even with the driver s door closed Note This feature may not work properly if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning If your door ajar indicator does not illuminate when you open the driver s door or the indicator illuminates with the driver s door closed See your authorized dealer R Reverse With the transmission in R Reverse your vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the transmission in N Neutral you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position Stay in Neutral mode Stay in Neutral mode allows your vehicle to stay in N Neutral when you exit the vehicle Your vehicle must be stationary to enter this mode To enter Stay in Neutral mode 1 Press the N Neutral button on your shifter assembly 2 The message Press N to enter Stay in Neutral mode will appear in your information display screen 3 Press the N Neutral button again to enter Stay in Neutral mode Transmission The message Stay in Neutral mode engaged will appear in your information display screen when your vehicle has entered Stay in Neutral mode Note During this mode the N button will flash continuously and
51. E169086 You can release the electric parking brake either manually by pressing the bottom of the switch or automatically MKZ CC9 enUSA Manual release WARNING If the brake system warning light remains illuminated or flashes after you have released the parking brake there could be a problem with your braking system Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible You can manually release the electric parking brake by 1 Switching the ignition on 2 Pressing the brake pedal 3 Pressing the electric parking brake switch When you release the electric parking brake the brake system warning lamp will turn off Driving with a Trailer Depending on the grade and the weight of the trailer your vehicle and trailer may roll backwards slightly when you start on a slope To prevent this from happening do the following 1 Pull the switch and hold it in this position 2 Drive your vehicle then release the switch when you notice that the engine has developed sufficient driving force Automatic release drive away release Your vehicle will automatically release the parking brake if The driver door is closed The driver safety belt is fastened Brakes The vehicle is accelerated There are no faults detected in the parking brake system Note f the electric parking brake warning lamp stays illuminated the electric parking brake will not automatically release You
52. Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving Seats WARNINGS The head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front seat head restraint E138642 MKZ CC9 enUSA Rear seat outboard head restraints E153105 Rear center head restraint aa N n gt aan A ee gt B Sr The head restraints consist of A an energy absorbing head restraint B two steel stems Cc guide sleeve adjust and unlock button D guide sleeve unlock and remove button Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up Seats Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold b
53. Off Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically disabled to protect itself This is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating AWD Restored The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system is allowed to cool AWD Malfunction Service Required Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control Transmis sion AWD light when the AWD system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Battery and Charging System Message Action Check Charging System Displayed when the charging system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off Displayed when the battery management system detects an extended low voltage condition Various vehicle features will be disabled to help preserve the battery Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage If the system voltage has recovered the disabled features will operate again as normal Turn Power Off to Save Battery Displayed when the battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge Turn the ignition off as soon as poss
54. S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR 396 Appendices PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S
55. SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent Appendices that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Severabili
56. See Engine Oil Check page 250 418 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance 1 Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles 32000 Replace cabin air filter km Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace engine air filter km At 100000 miles 160000 2 km Change engine coolant Replace spark plugs Every 100000 miles 160000 km 3 Inspect accessory drive belt s Change automatic transmission fluid Every 150000 miles Bee enemas 240000 km 4 Replace accessory drive belt s i Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last engine oil and filter change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers 3 After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced If not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 kilometers 419 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician Perform the services show
57. Spot Information and Cross Traffic Allert SYSteM uu eceseseseeesectesseeeeceeeeeees 104 Collision Warning System 104 Doors and Lockeg 105 Driver Alert 105 Fuel 105 Hill Start ASSiSt ee eeeeeseceseseseeeeeeeeeeeees 106 Keys and Intelligent ACCESS cee 106 Lane Keeping System 107 MAINTENANCE ee eeesseeecesteseseceeeeseseeeeeneneeeeees 108 Starting Systems wsissniaeaiiiiacneinase 112 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 112 Traction Control 13 Transmission 13 Installing Child Seats eects 16 Child Seats sindiren ainese 16 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts 16 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH eessessesseseeeseeeeseenees 21 Using Tether Straps ceeeseeeceseeeeeeeeneees 23 Instrument CIUStES ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 90 Instrument Lighting Dimmet 78 interior LAM PSisssiscsssieseuiiavssiscsvaseced aanene Front Interior Lamp rea Rear Interior LAMP ccsceeseseceseseeeseeeeesenees Interior Luggage Compartment REI CAS Cis siecisisiiiscesciicaiastsnescaiinneicses 65 437 Index Interior MiO ac sisssadesscccempecisreiacsanas Auto Dimming Mirror ae IMtHOd U CU ODS 3 Jump Starting the Vehicle Connecting the Jumper Cables i JUMP Stai Giarre Preparing Your Vehicle Removing the Jumper Cables K Keyless EMU si ssssssecsssscssesssasatisessdesesssdavarazaas 63 SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEY PAD issensiescccers
58. The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for about one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING f While the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the system while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger warning are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure Before following the procedure make sure that The parking brake is set The transmission is in park P or neutral N The ignition is off The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 36 MKZ CC9 enUSA Safety Belts 1 Turn the ignition on Do not start
59. a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post Wheels and Tires or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the r
60. acoustic experience Driving Aids Electronic stability control and traction control maintain your vehicle control in adverse conditions or high performance driving Electronic throttle control enhances the powertrain response to your inputs Note Active noise control is only available with EcoBoost engines These systems have a range of modes which you can choose from in order to customize your ideal driving experience e Comfort Provides a more relaxed driving experience maximizing comfort Your steering effort decreases and the suspension movement is more fluid Comfort mode is ideal when you desire enhanced traveling comfort e Normal Delivers a balanced combination of comfortable controlled ride and confident handling This mode provides an engaging drive experience and a direct connection to the road without sacrificing any of the composure demanded from a luxury vehicle Sport Provides a sportier driving experience The suspension stiffens with an emphasis on handling and control The engine responds more directly to your inputs and takes on a more powerful tone Sport mode is ideal for use during more spirited driving MKZ CC9 enUSA Using Lincoln Drive Control You can configure which of the Drive Control modes are active when your vehicle is in Drive D or in Sport S The configuration remains active until modified from the main menu on the information display To ch
61. activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belts Rear Inflatable Safety Belt if Equippea WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the rear inflatable safety belt The rear inflatable safety belts are fitted in the shoulder portion of the safety belts of the second row outboard seating positions Note The rear inflatable safety belts are compatible with most infant and child safety car seats and belt positioning booster seats when properly installed This is because they are designed to fill with a cooled gas at a lower pressure and at a slower rate than traditional airbags After inflation the shoulder portion of the safety belt remains cool to the touch The rear inflatable safety belt consists of the following An inflatable bag located in the shoulder safety belt webbing Lap safety belt webbing with automatic locking mode The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front safety belts Impact sensors located in various parts of the vehicle How does the rear inflatable safety belt system work The rear inflatable safety belts will function like standard restraints in everyday usage MKZ CC9 enUSA 33 E146364 During a crash of sufficient force the inflatable belt will inflate from inside the webbing y The fully inflated belt s increased diameter more effectively holds the occupant in the appropriate
62. allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands To access Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides allowable voice commands for the current mode MKZ CC9 enUSA 337 MyLincoln Touch ENTERTAINMENT E161892 AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo and A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in m mounduo gt 9 Radio memory presets and CD controls Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer for more information When listening to audio on a device you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device Browsing Device Content You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands 338 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch e Press the
63. and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and AWD PTU Power Transfer Unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary E143950 Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Note Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer All Wheel Drive artquippea Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This redu
64. and on Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays MKZ CC9 enUSA Safety Information WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats
65. and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death A Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries A Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back f Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A Several airbag system components get hot after inflation To reduce the risk of injury do not touch them after inflation MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deplo
66. any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color Color Fuse rating Micro fuses Dual micro fuses M type fuses J type fuses 5A Tan Tan 7 5A Brown Brown 10A Red Red 15A Blue Blue Grey 20A Yellow Light Blue Blue 244 MKZ CCQ enUSA Fuses Color Fuse rating Micro fuses Dual micro fuses M type fuses J type fuses 25A White White White 30A Green Pink Pink 40A Green Green 50A Red 60A Yellow MKZ CC9 enUSA 245 Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids
67. at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter See Information page 365 Rear View Camera This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle Thy gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Visual Park Aid Alert e Guidelines You can find more information on the rear view camera in another chapter See Rear View Camera page 179 MyLincoln Touch Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN You can create your own four digit PIN to lock and unlock the system Note f the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings System 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt System then select from the following After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again System Language Select to have the touchscreen
68. bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward the vehicle when viewed from the side When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in the Load Carrying chapter See Load Limit page 206 You can also find the information in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer 213 Towing RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Note Be sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed 20 feet 1 86 meters Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as the vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a Class trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal
69. bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload the audio system may mute When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and Satellite radio signal interfer ence Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Radio display Troubleshooting tips Cause Action Acquiring Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel No action required This message should disappear shortly Sat Fault Sirius System Failure There is an internal module or system failure present If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer available Tune to another channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel MKZ CC9 enUSA 349 MyLincoln Touch Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action No Signal The signal is lost from the The signal is blocked When Sirius satellite or Sirius you move into an open area tower to your vehicle t
70. capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for twelve 100 pound 45 kilogram bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds 99 kilograms the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 pounds No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 12 x 45 kilograms 635 198 540 103 kilograms You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds 104 kilograms If you remove three 100 pound 45 kilogram cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 pounds Now you MKZ CC9 enUSA 212 have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 9 x 45 kilograms 635 198 405 32 kilograms The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall b
71. category MKZ CC9 enUSA Navigation system voice commands Destination previous destination Destination street address 1 Detour 3 Navigation Navigation voice volume decrease Navigation voice volume increase 1 Repeat instruction Show 3D Show heading up Show map Show north up 5 Show route 1 Show turn list Voice guidance off Voice guidance on Where am 388 Zoom in MyLincoln Touch Navigation system voice commands Zoom out Help NAVIGATION Destination 1 These commands are only available when a navigation route is active 2 If you say Destination you can then say any command in the following Destination chart 3 If you say Navigation you can then say any command in the following Navigation chart Zoom city Zoom country Zoom minimum Zoom maximum Zoom province Zoom state DESTINATION Zoom street lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Zoom to lt distance gt Help Favorites Home Intersection Nearest lt POI category gt Nearest POI Play nametags POI category Previous destination Street address Help MKZ CC9 enUSA If you say Destination yo
72. change If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals MKZ CC9 enUSA 414 Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty informatio
73. com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com Customer Assistance If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a fre
74. compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC MyLincoln Touch Speed restricted Features e Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering Some features of this system may be too a navigation destination or editing difficult to use while your vehicle is moving information so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary Alllists are limited so the user can view fewer entries Such as phone contacts e Screens crowded with information or recent phone call entries such as Point of Interest reviews and 7 ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports See the following chart for more specific scores movie times or ski conditions examples Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts from a USB List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing the keypad code Enabling Valet Mode Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist a
75. display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Volume Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data MKZ CCQ enUSA 330 MyLincoln Touch Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed inter action and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Lis
76. eee 126 Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key 126 Saving a Pre Set Position 126 Message Center See Information DisplayS cceeeeseeeeeees 96 Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors 18 See Windows and Mirrors 83 Mobile Communications Equipment 13 Moonroof MyKey Troubleshooting eee 55 MyKey cece Principle Of Operation cece 53 438 Index MyLincoln TOUCH ceeeeeeeeteeeeeeees General Information N NaviGatiOn 0 ecceesseteeeeteeeeteeeeeteeees 380 CitysEekKi rusin R a 382 Navigation Map Updates 388 Navigation Voice Commands 388 Point of Interest POI Categories 382 Quick touch BUttONS eee Setting a Destination Setting Your Navigation Preferences 383 Normal Scheduled Maintenance Intelligent Oil Life Monitor eee Maintenance Intervals eee O Oil Change Indicator Reset 251 Oil Check See Engine Oil Check eects 250 Opening and Closing the Hood 247 Ordering Additional Owner s Literat r Sse cescsessessascasshsesesstasvisccaasaateaeenss 232 Obtaining a French Owner s Manuial 232 Overhead Console eects 138 P Parking Aldisiiiisnicendarciiiadcansiaes 173 Front Sensing System 174 Rear Sensing System Parking Aids wsisscscsccicscatssisssicaseccecvices 173 Passive Anti Theft System 67 SQCUMML OC Kiss sscccczedeoasssssrecdicansso
77. from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner s manual See Capacities and Specifications page 306 Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance MKZ CC9 enUSA Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24 month or unlimited mile ki
78. function when something obstructs the radar signals The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying Cruise Control Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruc tion Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This can happen for example when driving in sparse rural or desert environments A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING A Normal cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary
79. game see the following Sports game chart If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart SPORTS GAME Tune to the lt college name gt game Tune to the lt team city gt game Tune to the lt team city gt lt team name gt game Tune to the lt team name gt game Help TUNE lt Channel Name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 MKZ CC9 enUSA Sirius lt O 223 gt Help CD Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information MyLincoln Touch Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass e Midrange Treble e Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression Touch this button to turn th
80. have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you reconnect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise MKZ CC9 enUSA 139 When you start the engine avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine KEYLESS STARTING Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Note When locking your vehicle any remote controls left inside the vehicle may become disabled A message may appear in the information display indicating that there is no key detected if you try to start the engine Press the unlock button on the remote control to enable it and then start the engine Ignition Modes E142555 Off Turns the ignition off Without applying the brake pedal
81. incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 MKZ CC9 enUSA Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sus
82. increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light Pg A temporarily illuminates on engine start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off When you turn the traction control system off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS f Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death f Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver
83. is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal Brakes The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when e you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e your vehicle is hydroplaning e you take corners too fast the road surface is poor ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE The electric parking brake replaces the conventional handbrake The operating switch is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel WARNING Always set the parking brake and leave your vehicle with the transmission in park P Note When you apply the electric parking brake in certain conditions for example ona steep hill the electric parking brake may reapply the brakes within three to ten minutes Note You may notice various noises when you apply and release the electric parking brake This is normal and no cause for concern Applying the electric parking brake WARNING If the brake system warning lamp does not illuminate or flashes there could be a problem with your electric parking brake Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible MKZ CC9 enUSA Note The brake system warning lamp will illuminate for ten seconds if you switch the ignition off after you apply the electric parking brake or you apply the electric parking brake after you switch th
84. issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Scan is pressed Pressing Scan disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station MKZ CCQ enUSA 344 experiences MyLincoln Touch HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Radio Voice Commands 5 If you are listening to the radio us press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the following commands RADIO FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt EM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt EM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt EM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt H D lt g gt Preset lt gt Radio off RADIO lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt 530 1710 gt AM AM lt 530 1710 gt
85. maximize cooling Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed A C Touch the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note In certain conditions such as when using Max Defrost the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A C button AUTO Touch the button to turn on automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system adjusts fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by touching and holding the button for more than two seconds Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 118 378 MyLincoln Touch Air distribution control Touch these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield instrument panel or footwell vents on or off The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents MAX Defrost Touch the button to maximize defrosting Outside air flows through the windshield vents fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature
86. mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle See Climate Control page 116 Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome These guidelines are to make sure you do not damage the transmission during towing MKZ CCQ enUSA 218 Vehicles Equipped with a 2 0L Engine Front wheel drive FWD vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur You must place the front wheels on a two wheel tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider All wheel drive AWD vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise you cannot tow your vehicle Vehicles Equipped with a 3 7L Engine You can tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground using the Neutral Tow feature or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instruction specified by the equipment provider If you tow your vehicle with all four
87. must release the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch The brake system warning lamp will go off to confirm that you have released the electric parking brake Note The electric parking brake drive away release makes starting on a hill easier This feature will release the parking brake automatically when the vehicle has sufficient drive force to move up the hill To assure drive away release when starting uphill press the accelerator pedal quickly Battery With No Charge WARNING A You will not be able to apply or release the electric parking brake if the battery is low or has no charge If the battery is low or has no charge use jumper cables and a booster battery HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS A The system does not replace the parking brake When you leave your vehicle always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park P 1 You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system MKZ CCQ enUSA 168 WARNINGS A During all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required A If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected the system will be deactivated The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the system is active your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three secon
88. nannaa Electric Parking Brake Hill Start ASSISt ec eeeeeteeeeeee MKZ CC9 enUSA Traction Control Principle of Operation cece 170 Using Traction Control eee 170 Stability Control Principle of Operation 171 Using Stability Control eee 172 Parking Aids Parking Aid vccssissssisssesstesasstdniasastesevissessadecnis 173 Active Park Assist 175 Rear View Camera 179 Cruise Control Principle of Operation 182 Using Cruise Control cece 182 Using Adaptive Cruise Control 183 Driving Aids Driver Alert scsseissscsdecssassacdessscssteviasssesevsisves 190 Lane Keeping System 191 Blind Spot Information System 196 SUS GMA sescccsacesssseescanesesaessdsexssssvesteseststasenst 200 Collision Warning SystemM ceee 201 Drive COntrol ee eeesseseeeeseeeeeeeeetseeees 203 Load Carrying LOG Limiters 206 Towing TOWING a Trailer eeeceseseeseceeeeeeeenees 213 Recommended Towing Weights 214 Essential Towing Checks 215 Transporting the Vehicle 217 Table of Contents Towing the Vehicle on Four Whee lSsiasetisisctecciivcaisinniendscts 218 Driving Hints Brea kingG l u ececccceeeeeeetseeeteeeeseeeeeeees 220 Economical Driving 220 Driving Through Wate 220 Floor Mats viccsss castes scgestdeessddistvscasvesccerstercebes 221 Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance 222 Hazard Warning Flashers 223 Fuel SHULOFE cccscsccese
89. of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands ug 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone MKZ CC9 enUSA 3 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone 2 Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 3 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help MyLincoln Touch Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to
90. on the ground Do not fill a fuel container while it is in your vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position MKZ CC9 enUSA 148 Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Putthe vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off ee E166527 2 Press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and release to open 4 eae A yo 2 PANK E156032 Note Hold the handle of the fuel filler nozzle higher while you insert the nozzle for easier access Fuel and Refueling 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system to open both doors Leave the nozzle fully inserted until you have stopped pumping fuel 14 a NI A v E154765 Note Allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 4 After you have stopped pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not over
91. on the canister Replace as needed 416 MKZ CCQ enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals It is a guideline only Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Interval Vehicle use and example Normal 7500 10000 miles 12000 16000 km Normal commuting with highway driving No or moderate load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling
92. outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed E144274 23 Child Safety 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position then open the tether anchor cover E144275 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use BOOSTER SEATS WARNING t Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Note Some booster seat safety belt guides may not accommodate the shoulder portion of the inflatable safety belt MKZ CCQ enUSA 24 Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 ki
93. page 100 An AWD system fault will cause the AWD system to default to front wheel drive only mode When this warning message is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer MKZ CC9 enUSA Note A warning message will be displayed in the information display if the AWD system has overheated See Information Messages page 100 This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip such as deep sand To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the warning message will turn off and normal AWD function will return Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided If the mini spare tire is installed the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components This condition will be indicated by a warning in the information display See Information Messages page 100 If there is a warning message in the information display from using the spare tire this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could caus
94. position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them f Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e lap and shoulder safety belts shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt 29 Safety Belts e height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position Safety belt warning light and chime c N e Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated In frontal and near frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags The pretensioners may also activate when
95. properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle Child Safety WARNINGS manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death f Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNINGS f Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury f Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash
96. remains in the display Heavy rain spray snow or fog is inter fering with the radar signals Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automat ically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automat ically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve 202 MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving Aids System Limitations WARNING The collision warning system s brake 1 support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning These include Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph 10 km h Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Severe weather conditions see blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see blocked sensor section Small distance to vehicle ahead Steering wheel and pedal movements are large very active driving
97. route The selection menu expands and different options appear In phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes Press the right arrow to enter the mode Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode Press OK to confirm your selection 323 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch Note f your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction for example if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west Using Voice Recognition This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in th
98. route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Appendices Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the Telenav Software These terms and conditions represent the agreement Agreement between you and Telenay Inc Telenav with respect to the Telenav Software including
99. safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING f Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Trailer Lamps WARNING 1 Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Towing Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make w
100. safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Child Safety e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat Standard safety belts E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt MKZ CC9 enUSA E142529 2 After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue D E142530 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be
101. seating position and spreads crash forces over more area of the body than regular safety belts This helps reduce pressure on the chest and helps control head and neck motion for passengers WARNING f If the rear inflatable safety belt has deployed it will not function again The rear inflatable safety belt system must be replaced by an authorized dealer E146365 Safety Belts The rear inflatable safety belts are designed to inflate in frontal or near frontal crashes and some side impact crashes The fact that the rear inflatable safety belt did not inflate in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNINGS Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Do not use extensions with an inflatable safety belt If the safety belt is too short when fully extended a safety belt extension assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label A safety belt extension is not available for the inflatable safety belt Also use the safety belt extension only ifthe safety belt is too short for you when fully extended MKZ CC9 enUSA 34 SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the s
102. started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 cannot program the configurable settings The key or fob used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 54 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 cannot clear the MyKeys The key or fob used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 54 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 lost the only admin key Purchase a new key from your authorized dealer lost a key Program a spare key See Passive Anti Theft System page 67 accidentally programmed all keys as MyKeys The vehicle has a remote start system that is recognized as an admin key Clear all MyKeys by using the remote start See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 The vehicle s system does not recognize any programmed MyKeys See Creating a MyKey page 54 MKZ CC9 enUSA 56 MykKey Condition Potential Causes MyKey total includes one additional key Admin key total includes one a
103. the brake pedal or accelerator pedal You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on for the current ignition cycle only Use the information display to do so See Information Displays page 96 e During the countdown before engine shutdown you are prompted to press OK or RESET depending on your type of information display to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only Starting and Stopping the Engine Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 2 Press the button once Put the transmission in position P 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Note f the engine is idling for 30 minutes the ignition and engine automatically shut down Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING A Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 Put the transmission in position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped put the transmission in position P Press and hold the button for one second or press it three times within two seconds 4 Apply th
104. the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Note The system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs Insert your device and select the D SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options MyLincoln Touch Repeat This feature replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track artist name album and genre Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed C
105. the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with intelligent access with push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle while switching the ignition on to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user MKZ CC9 enUSA e Belt Minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened Early low fuel The low fuel warning activates earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key e Avehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control e Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be sho
106. the vehicle Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute After Step 2 wait an additional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3 Once Step 3 is started the procedure must be completed within 30 seconds 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash for confirmation This will disable the feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled This will enable the feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat 37 MKZ CC9 enUSA back if equipped rear inflatable safety belts if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hard
107. the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Child Safety E142534 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician Inflatable safety belts E142528 MKZ CC9 enUSA E142530 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt E146522 2 After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue gt 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted Child Safety 6 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position
108. the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 0L EcoBoost Engine E144365 3 7L Engine E146427 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover Carefully lift the air filter housing cover 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter housing and cover to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and to make sure you have a good seal N 265 Maintenance 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Install the air filter housing cover 7 Engage the clamps to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing 266 MKZ CC9 enUSA Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
109. them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information MyLincoln Touch Accessing and Adjusting Modes through Your Vehicle Information Display E156609 The display is located on the center of your instrument cluster It allows you to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example In entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio E145982 source select presets and make some Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right adjustments side of your steering wheel to scroll In navigation mode if equipped you through the available modes can view the current route or activate i a
110. to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead You can override the set speed and gap distance by pressing the accelerator pedal MKZ CC9 enUSA 186 When you override the system the green indicator light illuminates and the lead vehicle graphic does not show in the information display we The system will resume operation when you release the accelerator pedal The vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the Set Speed e Accelerate or brake to the desired speed then press and release SET Press and hold SET or SET until the desired set speed shows on the information display The vehicle speed will gradually change to the selected speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments Cruise Control The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Resuming the Set Speed Note Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it Press and release RES The vehicle will return to the previously set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Low Speed Automatic Cancellation The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 12 mph 20 km h An audible alarm will sound
111. use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio CD and DVD player operation What to do when a Tire Is Punctured A tire puncture within the tire s tread area can be repaired in two stages with the kit Inthe first stage the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air After the tire has been reinflated you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance about 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant in the tire In the second stage you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust if necessary to the vehicle s tire inflation pressure MKZ CC9 enUSA 277 First Stage Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNINGS A Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire s sidewall during inflation stop and call roadside assistance If the tire doesn t inflate to the A i EN recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes stop and call roadside assistance Preparation Park the vehicle in a safe level and secure area away from moving traffic Turn the hazard lights on Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off Inspect the flat tire for visible damage Sealant compound contains latex To avoid any allergic reactions use the non latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the kit
112. vehicle power 15A 3 13 2 Powertrain control module vehicle power 10A 5 14 2 Powertrain control module vehicle power 10A 6 15 Run start relay 16 204 Power point 2 console 17 Not used 18 10 Powertrain control module keep alive power MKZ CC9 enUSA 235 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 19 10 Run start electronic power assist steering 20 10 Run start lighting 21 15A Run start transmission control Transmis sion oil pump start stop 22 10 Air conditioner clutch solenoid 23 15A Run start Blind spot information system Rear view camera Adaptive cruise control Heads up display Shifter 24 Not used 25 10A Run start anti lock brake system 26 10A Run start powertrain control module 27 Not used 28 Not used 29 Not used 30 Not used 31 Not used 32 Electronic fan 1 relay 33 Air conditioner clutch relay 34 Not used 35 Not used 36 Not used 37 Not used 38 Electronic fan 2 relay 39 Electronic fan 3 relay MKZ CC9 enUSA 236 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 40 Fuel pump relay 41 Horn relay 42 Not used 43 Not used 44 Not used 45 Not used 46 104 Alternator 47 104 Brake on off switch 48 20A Horn 49 5A Mass air flow moni
113. wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability if applicable Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to Towing a trailer Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off A aly the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission selector lever is in position P MKZ CCQ enUSA 302 WARNINGS A To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission selector lever in position P set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of
114. will sound while the system continues to brake This is accompanied by a heads up display a red warning bar illuminating on the windshield You should take immediate action Setting the Gap Distance Note t is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions E145978 A Gap decrease B Gap increase MKZ CC9 enUSA You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the gap control o E164805 The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic Four gap distance settings are available 185 Cruise Control Adaptive cruise control distance between vehicle settings Set speed Graphic display Time gap Distance gap Dynamic beha bars indicated seconds vior mph km h between vehicles yd m 62 mph 1 1 31 yd 28 m Sport 100 km h 62 mph 2 1 4 43 yd 39 m Normal 100 km h 62 mph 3 1 8 55 yd 50 m Normal 100 km h 62 mph 4 2 2 67 yd 61 m Comfort 100 km h Each time you start the vehicle the system will select the last chosen gap for the current driver Disengaging the System Press the brake pedal or press CNCL The last set speed will display in grey but will not erase Overriding the System WARNING A Whenever the driver is overriding the system by pressing the accelerator pedal the system will not automatically apply the brakes
115. you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull Driving Aids Adaptive Learning The EPS system adaptive learning helps correct for road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel It communicates with the vehicle s brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the vehicle must be driven a short distance before the strategy is relearned and all systems are reactivated COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION f Equipped WARNINGS This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid It is not intended to r
116. you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previ ously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system MKZ CC9 enUSA 335 MyLincoln Touch Wi fi USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently pair
117. 5 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different MKZ CC9 enUSA conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Letter mph km h rating M 81 mph 130 km h 87 mph 140 km h Q 99 mph 159 km h R 106 mph 171 km h S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h U 124 mph 200 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h W 168 mph 270 km h Y 186 mph 299 km h Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR Wheels
118. 5 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio While in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track Press play or pause to play or pause the audio Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels MyLincoln Touch Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass e Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout This allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts This feature allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alert
119. 50 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used For Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS A Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire A Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Fuel and Refueling Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly
120. 6 MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will reduce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold In the United States Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist if you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary Roadside Assistance program This program is sepa
121. 6301 124 MKZ CC9 enUSA Seats Massage mode Lumbar and bolster mode Back massage intensity adjustment Upper lumbar Massage intensity decrease and off Lumbar decrease Cushion massage intensity adjustment 2 Lower lumbar Massage intensity increase Lumbar increase On and off The massage feature will default to an alternating massage mode with back massage intensity adjustment The lumbar and bolster feature will default to the middle lumbar mode 2 Press C a second time to adjust the back bolster Press C a third time to adjust the cushion bolster You can also adjust this feature through the touch screen When switched on the system displays directions for you to adjust the lumbar settings in your seat or to set the massage function To access and make adjustments to the lumbar setting 1 Press the Menu Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Multi contour Seat 2 Choose the desired seat to adjust 3 Press the or to adjust the lumbar intensity To access and make adjustments to the massage Setting 1 Press the Menu Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Multi contour Seat MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 Choose the desired seat to adjust 3 Press Off Lo or Hi MEMORY FUNCTION WARNINGS A Before activating the seat memory make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving pa
122. 7 WINGED OMY cesscesseavessccccestatsveaseacccensticceseensec ses 268 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens Cleaning the Interior Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Climate Control Voice Commands Climate Control eeeeeeeeeees 116 Collision Warning System 201 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 201 Coolant Check See Engine Coolant Check cece 251 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator eneon an 46 Creating a MyKey 54 Programming Changing Configurable Setting Suecas eani isini Cruise Control TYPE Mivioniacnienninnan ni TYPE 2an e e ONR Cruise control See Using Cruise Control 182 Customer ASSISTANCE eeeeceeeeeeeee 227 Index D Data RECOrING eeseseeseseceeeeeeeseneeeneeeeees 9 Event Data RECOrding ssececseeceseseeteseeeeee 10 Service Data Recording 9 Daytime Running Lamp5S cee 79 Direction INdiCAtOIS eee eeeteteteteeeeeee 81 Drive Control iessen yose 203 LINCOLN DRIVE CONTROL ccs 203 Driver Alert sai Using Driver Alert seessessseesssessrrssresreseseesse 190 Driver and Passenger AirbagsS 40 Children and Airbags 41 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adj StMEnt iisssisssitscorisisseossiseersrossainersdssand 40 Driver and Passenger Knee Ail DAGS orini naea 45 Driving Aid Serisinin issn 190 Driving Hints eee ceeeeteeeeteeeeeteeeees 220 Driving Through Water 220 DRL See Daytime Running L
123. ADJUSTING THE STEERING Power Tilt and Telescope Steering WHEEL Column if Equipped WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 121 Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 121 E157083 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position E161834 Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position To adjust tilt press the top or bottom of the control telescope press the front or rear of the control 3 Lock the steering column E157084 70 MKZ CC9 enUSA Steering Wheel Easy Entry and Exit Feature When you switch the ignition off the steering column will move to the full up position to allow extra room to exit your vehicle The column will return to the previous setting when you switch the ignition on You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See Information Displays page 96 Memory Feature You can save and recall the steering column position with the memory function See Memory Function page 125 Pressing the adjustment control during memory recall cancels the operation The column responds to the adjustment
124. Aids PARKING AID F EquipreD WARNINGS f To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation 1 To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system f This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground f Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper or fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects MKZ CC9 enUSA Note f your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causi
125. Air hose tire valve connector Accessory power plug THT A amp Casing housing 275 MKZ CC9 enUSA Wheels and Tires General Information Tips for Use of the Kit WARNING Read the following list of tips to ensure ie safe operation of the kit 1 Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of Before operating the kit make sure loss of vehicle control injury or death your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic Turn on the Note Do not use the kit if a tire has hazard lights become severely damaged by driving the Always set the parking brake to ensure vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air the vehicle doesn t move pressure Only punctured areas located unexpectedly within the tire tread can be sealed with Do not remove any foreign objects the kit such as nails or screws from the tire Do not attempt to repair punctures larger When using the kit leave the engine than 1 4 inch 6 millimeters or damage to running only if the vehicle is outdoors the tire s sidewall The tire may not or in a well ventilated area so the completely seal compressor doesn t drain the vehicle s Loss of air pressure may adversely affect battery tire performance For this reason Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 Note Do not drive the vehicle above 50 minutes this will help prevent the mph 80 km h compressor from overheating
126. Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther in the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows MKZ CC9 enUSA 386 Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current A location of your vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode a Scroll cursor allows you to scroll i A the map the fixed icon is in the YS center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is ina window on the top center part of the screen _ Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once Home indicates the location on f A the map currently stored as the home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three poin
127. C9 enUSA Information Displays MyKey Message Action MyKey Not Created Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be programmed MyKey Active Drive Safely Speed Limited to XX MPH km h Displays when MyKey is active Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Setting Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is reached Check Speed Drive Safely Displays when MyKey is active Buckle Up to Unmute Audio Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt Minder is activated AdvancelTrac On MyKey Setting Displays when a MyKey is in use and AdvanceTrac is activ ated Traction Control On MyKey Setting MyKey Park Aid Cannot be Deactivated Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is activated Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated Lane Keeping Alert On MyKey Setting Displayed when the lane keeping aid is on per MyKey settings MKZ CC9 enUSA 109 Information Displays Park Aid Message Action Check Front Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 173
128. CCQ enUSA 110 Information Displays Message Action Release Park Brake Displays when the electric parking brake is set and the vehicle is started Park Brake Applied Displays when the electric parking brake is set Park Brake Released Displays when the electric parking brake is released Power Steering Message Action Steering Fault Service Now The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Steering Loss Stop Safely The power steering system is not working Stop the vehicle a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Steering Assist Fault Service Required The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service Contact your authorized dealer Remote Start Message Action To Drive Press Brake and Gear Shift Button Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and push the gear shift button to drive the vehicle after a remote start Seats Message Action Memory Recall Not Permitted While Driving Displays as a reminder that memory seats are not available while driving Memory X Saved Displays to show where your memory setting has been saved MKZ CC9 enUSA 111 Information Displays Starting System Message Action Press Br
129. Cluster GAG EE ST 90 Warning Lamps and Indicators 92 Audible Warnings and Indicators 95 Information Displays General INFOrmation 96 Information Messages 100 Climate Control Automatic Climate Control 116 Hints on Controlling the Interior Seats Sitting in the Correct Position 121 Head Restraints ceeeseseeeeeeeeeees 121 Power S atS cccccccseeeeesescteeeeeeeesetetees 123 Memory Function cccceceeeeseeeeteeeeeeee 125 Rear SCatSveicstssacesccnscesssansenivesseecss 127 Heated Seats 2 A27 Ventilated Seats ccc ceseteseseeeeeees 129 Rear Seat AIrMrest cece 129 Universal Garage Door Opener Universal Garage Door Openet 131 Table of Contents Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power Points Storage Compartments Center COnsole ccccecccsesseseeeeees Overhead Console cece Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information eee Keyless Starting Starting a Gasoline Engine Engine Block Heatel ccceeeeeeee Fuel and Refueling Safety Precautions Fuel Quality eisor Running Out of Fuel ee RETUCTING ceecsceseseteeseteeeeseteeeeeeeeeaeees Fuel Consumption Emission Control System 004 Transmission Automatic Transmission All Wheel Drive Using All Wheel Drive Brakes General Information Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brake Sonina
130. Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 MKZ CC9 enUSA Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Note Suntan lotions and insect repellen
131. E BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program MKZ CC9 enUSA The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acce
132. G CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you MKZ CC9 enUSA 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCL
133. GS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening You can open the sliding shade manually when the moonroof is in its closed position Pull the shade toward the front of the vehicle to close it The moonroof controls are on the overhead console and have a one touch open and close feature To stop the motion during a one touch operation touch the control a second time Windows and Mirrors E144499 i A Open B Vent C Close Opening and Closing the Moonroof Touch A to open the moonroof It will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open Touch A again to fully open the moonroof Touch C to close the moonroof Bounce Back The moonroof will stop automatically and reverse some distance if an obstacle is detected while closing Touch and hold C within two seconds of a bounce back event to override this function Venting the Moonroof Touch B to vent the moonroof Touch C to close it MKZ CC9 enUSA 88 Retractable Panoramic Roof tf Equipped The moonroof controls on the overhead console operate the same except the moonroof will open fully when y
134. General Information page 317 One or both systems can also be switched off permanently at your authorized dealer Once switched off switching it back on must also be done at your authorized dealer STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNINGS A The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display A The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked MKZ CC9 enUSA 200 WARNINGS Obtain immediate service if a system A error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while
135. M THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE MKZ CCQ enUSA GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 Vehicle with SYNC only FCC ID KMHSG1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 L IC 1422A SYNCG2 L Appendices This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer
136. Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply Appendices If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE MKZ CC9 enUSA 395 Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent
137. N A A N 2014 MKZ THE LINCOLN MOTOR COMPANY i Opto mar Owner s Manual lincolnowner com lincolncanada com January 2014 Second Printing Owner s Manual Lincoln MKZ Litho in U S A FSC MIX Paper THE LINCOLN MOTOR COMPANY FSC C102270 EH6J 19A321 AA jenury s 19UNGO f The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 All rights reserved Part Number 20131217174128 Table of Contents Introduction About This Manual ccecceeeseeeteeeees 7 Symbols GIOSSALY eeeseseetetetcteeeeeeeeeeeenees 7 Data Recordingsin California Proposition 65 Perchlorate ssciscisccssssecssestsssseesasisssstevsesssasssstives Lincoln Chet cecssiecveissrcsstaieecoisecciveeeatasezees Replacement Parts RECOMMENATION 00 eeeeeseteeeteeeeteees 12 Special Notices cceeeseeseeeteeeeeee 12 Mobile Communications EQUIPMENE crnina 13 Export Unique ODPtions cc eee 13 Child Safety General Information Installing Child Seats eee Booster Se ats ccccccceesee
138. Note Do not drive further than 120 miles Never leave the kit unattended when 200 kilometers Drive only to the closest it is operating Ford Motor Company authorized dealer Sealant compound contains latex or tire repair shop to have your tire Make sure that you use the non latex Pe gloves provided to avoid an allergic Drive carefully and avoid abrupt reaction steering maneuvers Keep the kit away from children Periodically monitor tire uaa Only use the kit when the ambient pressure in the affected tire if the tire temperature is between 22 F 30 C is losing pressure have the vehicle and 158 F 70 C towed Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your Only use the sealing compound before the use by date The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle vehicle Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years 276 MKZ CC9 enUSA Wheels and Tires Do not store the kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash Always store the kit in its original location After sealant use the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer When inflating a tire or other objects use the black air hose only Do not
139. O soe i 425 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT inspection recommended O Signature 426 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT O soe i O soe i 427 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT inspection recommended O Signature 428 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT O soe i O soe i 429 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT inspection recommended O Signature 430 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT O soe i O soe i 431 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT inspection recommended O Signature 432 MKZ CC9 enUSA In
140. Severe 5000 7499 miles 8000 11999 km Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation 3000 4999 miles Extreme 4800 7999 km MKZ CC9 enUSA Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Intervals At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Change engine oil and filter Rotate the tires Perform a multi point inspection recommended Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level Consult your dealer for requirements Inspect the brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields Inspect the rear axle and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect the half shaft boots Inspect the steering linkage ball joints suspension tire rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect the tires tire wear and measure the tread depth Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes
141. Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing Fixed guidelines Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you Centerline if applicable Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object trailer Note f the transmission is in reverse R and the luggage compartment is ajar no rear view camera features will display Note f the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse R have the system inspected by an authorized dealer Parking Aids Note When towing the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage and you might not see some objects In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once you connect the trailer tow connector The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse lamps are not operating Mud water or debris obstructs the camera s view Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in reverse R e Menu gt Vehicle gt Camera Settings After changing a system setting the
142. Special INStructiOns ec eeeeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance EXxC ptlonS is snasen cennncnnscadinas Speed Control See Cruise CONtrOl ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 182 Stability COntrol ee eeesesceeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 171 Principle Of Operation cceeceeeseeeeeeees 171 Index Starting a Gasoline Engine 140 Automatic Engine Shutdown 141 Failure to Start 141 Fast ROS ANS scctcsscecier svezcatssstieseresendissaniegeseses 140 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes 142 Important Ventilating Information 142 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is MOVING scccsntesastesvssasccutnssossssiussercetedsesiuaasosnccess 142 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stana Vereni anana a 142 Starting and Stopping the Engine 139 General Information eee 139 Steering 200 Electric Power Steering 200 Steering Wheel 70 Storage Compartments 138 Sunroof See MOONLOOF essssesseseesessssessssesseessseeneeee 87 S n SHAMS vis tessssstssastiawstvaiecnauwnnss 87 SUN ViSOTS aineis 87 Illuminated Vanity Mirror 87 Supplementary Restraints System 39 Principle Of Operation eects 39 Symbols GIOSSALY ce eeseseeteteteteeeeeeeeeenenees 7 T Technical Specifications See Capacities and Specifications 306 Temporary Mobility Kit ee 275 First Stage Reinflating the Tire with S
143. TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End User Notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action MKZ CC9 enUSA Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automoti
144. Telenav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this MKZ CCQ enUSA 402 Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to Telenav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 81 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement Telenav retains all right title and interest in and to the Telenav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement Appendices 8 3 By using the Telenav Software you consent to receive from Telenav all communications including notices
145. USIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 401 Appendices 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the
146. Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution All Wheel Drive If Equipped Mud and Water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall E142667 Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle MKZ CC9 enUSA 162 After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires
147. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 13 MKZ CC9 enUSA EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Manual for all other required information and warnings Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNINGS f Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately f
148. When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Flashing warning light Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible MKZ CC9 enUSA 299 Wheels and Tires When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas Station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significa
149. YS FAULT Reverse Unavailable Service Required Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting to reverse See your authorized dealer MKZ CCQ enUSA 114 Information Displays Message Action SHIFT SYS FAULT Drive Unavailable Select S for Drive Service Required See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Neutral Unavailable Service Required See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Sport Unavailable Service Required See your authorized dealer Neutral Tow Engaged Turn Ignition Off for Towing Displays when neutral tow is active and the ignition needs to be turned off See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels page 218 Neutral Tow Engaged Depress Brake and Select Park to Exit Neutral Tow Displays while attempting to exit neutral tow The brake pedal needs to be depressed and park button selected to deac tivate See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels page 218 Neutral Tow Remove Park Brake for Towing Displays when neutral tow is active and the park brake needs to be released See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels page 218 Neutral Tow Disengaged MKZ CC9 enUSA Displays when neutral tow has been deactivated 15 Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Note You can switch temperature units E146320 A MKZ CC9 enUSA between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings page 327 A B Cc ae
150. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display See General Information page 96 MKZ CC9 enUSA 58 Rear Door Unlocking and Opening Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open the rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Remote Control You can use the remote control at any time The luggage compartment release button only works when your vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press the button to unlock the driver door Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for three seconds to change between driver door or all doors unlock mode The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode Driver door unlock mode will only unlock the driver door when the unlock button is pressed once All door unlock mode unlocks all doors with one press of the unlock button The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access You can also change the mode in the information display See General Information page 96 Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will illuminate Locks Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The door
151. a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle Fuel and Refueling E162864 1 Locate the portable funnel that comes with your vehicle The funnel is located behind the left hand side rear seat under the carpet Fold down the left hand side rear seat back Pull back the piece of carpet to access the funnel E157279 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system MKZ CC9 enUSA E157280 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries Fuel and Refueling WARNINGS Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Switch off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container Place approved fuel container
152. a side curtain airbag is deployed FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS Standard belts shown inflatable belts similar The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts MKZ CC9 enUSA E142587 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle gt WE i gt E142588 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle 30 Safety Belts Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy WARNING f Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure E142590 Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest MKZ CC9 enUSA 31 Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNINGS f After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all pass
153. a use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance MKZ CC9 enUSA 269 To clean the windshield and wiper blades Clean the windshield with a non abrasive glass cleaner For windshields contaminated with tree sap chemicals wax or bugs clean the entire windshield using steel wool no greater than 0000 grade in a circular motion and rinse with water Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer fluid Note Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNINGS A Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt
154. a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact an authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached MKZ CC9 enUSA Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean ina circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods Audio System MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers eac
155. a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG Button gt On When you hear a song you like touch TAG The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 2 MKZ CC9 enUSA 342 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions e Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the s
156. about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System page 41 INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats E142594 MKZ CC9 enUSA 16 Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child
157. ad a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time Customer Assistance In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes TH
158. afety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder E146191 To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Press the button and slide the height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place Safety Belts SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME Conditions of operation This lamp illuminates and an A audible warning will sound ifthe driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on If The driver s safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position The safety belt warning light illuminates 1 Then 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position The safety belt warning light and indicator chime remain off SAFETY BELT MINDER Belt Minder This feature supplements the safety belt warning function b
159. after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites e Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address MKZ CC9 enUSA Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost ES SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help 318 MyLincoln Touch Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with an authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following e Services Travel Link Alerts Calendar Apps ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM e SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card ANIn MKZ CC9 enUSA 319 Using the Touch Sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls Do not press hard on the controls They are sen
160. age appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left Cross traffic alert works with the reverse sensing system which sounds its own series of tones See Parking Aid page 173 System Sensors WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist MKZ CC9 enUSA 198 Note t is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle E142443 The system uses radar sensors which are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle Do not allow these areas to become obstructed by mud snow or bumper stickers as this can cause degraded system performance If the system detects a degraded performance condition a message warning of a blocked sensor or a message warning of low visibility will appear in the information display and the alert indicator illuminates in the appropriate mirror s The information display warning can be cleared but the alert indicator remains illuminated When the blockage is removed the system can be reset i
161. age may not appear if your vehicle runs out of power Once the hazard warning flashers have been activated you can turn them off by Pressing the hazard warning flasher button e Pressing the remote control unlock button Pressing the remote control panic button e Cycling the ignition on and off twice 226 MKZ CCQ enUSA Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Rela
162. ail lamps of a preceding vehicle e vehicle speed falls below 16 mph 25 km h Lighting the ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required e the system detects severe rain snow or fog the camera is blocked Activating the System Switch on the system using the information display and autolamps See Information Displays page 96 See Autolamps page 77 ANS S E142451 Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position Manually Overriding the System t E169254 MKZ CC9 enUSA When the automatic control has activated the high beams pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam Use the information display menu to permanently deactivate the system or turn the lighting control switch from autolamps to headlamps ADAPTIVE HEADLAMPS The headlamp beams move in the same direction as the steering wheel This provides more visibility when driving around curves A Without adaptive headlamps B With adaptive headlamps E161714 Lighting The system will only work with the lighting control switch in the autolamp position MO Note There is a delay of two to five seconds before the system will operate when the vehicle is driven E142451 Note The system is only active at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h The system has a power up movement check feature When the vehicle is started the lamps track left to right then ba
163. ained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Child Safety E142535 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol E144054 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown MKZ CC9 enUSA 22 Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use WARNING Th
164. ake to Start Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake Cranking Time Exceeded Engine Start Pending Please Wait Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start the vehicle Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle Pending Start Cancelled Displays when the pending start has been cancelled Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action LOW Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 296 Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 296 Tire Pressure Sensor Fault Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 296 If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible MKZ CCQ enUSA 112 Information Displays Traction Control Message Action Traction Control Off Traction Control On Displays when the traction control system has been switched off or on See Using Traction Control page 170 Spinout Det
165. alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone you can adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode MKZ CC9 enUSA 334 MyLincoln Touch Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot share files or play games Using this Wi Fi EX Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Wireless amp Internet then select from the following Wi fi Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure
166. all times Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system The particulate filtration system gives you and your passengers the following benefits Itimproves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration Itimproves the interior compartment cleanliness It protects the climate control components from particle deposits Replace the filter at regular intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 For additional cabin air filter information or to replace the filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START This feature allows you to warm or cool your vehicle remotely During remote start operation the climate control system operates to reach the settings you previously set MKZ CC9 enUSA 119 You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as e heated seats e cooled seats heated steering wheel e heated mirrors heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See Information Displays page 96 Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Auto The climate control system automatically sets th
167. ame of the authorized dealer and city where located The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws MKZ CCQ enUSA 228 IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has h
168. amp6 ee 79 E Economical Driving 220 Electric Parking Brake eee 166 Applying the electric parking brake 166 Applying the electric parking brake when the vehicle iS MOVIN 166 Battery With No Charge 168 Releasing the electric parking brake 167 Emission Control System 150 On Board Diagnostics OBD Il 151 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing era aa raS 152 End User License Agreement 392 SYNC End User License Agreement BULA nonna nenna e A 392 Engine Block Heater 142 Using the Engine Block Heater 143 MKZ CC9 enUSA Engine Coolant Check 251 Adding Engine Coolant Checking the Engine Coolant s25 Recycled Engine Coolant cesses 253 Severe ClMAtES 0 eee esessessseeeesesseeesseeees 253 What You Should Know About Fail Safe COOLING MAE E T 253 Engine Immobilizer See Passive Anti Theft System 67 Engine Oil CheCK s s ssssssssssssesssesessessse 250 Adding Engine Oil sesseeeseeeseeessssssessreessess 250 Engine Oil Dipstick 2 0L ECOBOOST eisisssisiesssiicasciasstctssvicccasiidiasse 250 Engine Oil Dipstick 3 7L Engine Specifications 306 Drivebelt ROUtING ceeeeeseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 306 Entertainment eesessseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 338 A V INPUTS eee eeesecececsesecececeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeee 357 AM FM Radio eeeesesssessesesseesessesseeneeneeneense 340 Blueto
169. an lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly MKZ CC9 enUSA The tire pressure monitoring system complies with p
170. an skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions All Wheel Drive If Equipped Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel ABS do not pump the brakes See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brakes page 165 for more information on the operation of the anti lock brake system ABS Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts Such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars or by usin
171. and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation MKZ CC9 enUSA EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U
172. and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if their manufacturer did not design them specifically for automotive use Ifyou or an authorized Lincoln dealer add any non Lincoln electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 391 MKZ CC9 enUSA Appendices END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement EULA You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media
173. and Tires H U S DOT Tire Identification Number This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle MKZ CCQ enUSA L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is
174. and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts MKZ CCQ enUSA Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING f To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels Maintenance OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD a E142457 1 To open the hood go inside the vehicle and pull the hood release handle located under the instrument panel MKZ CC9 enUSA 247 Go to the front of the vehicle and find the secondary release lever which is located under the front of the hood near the Lincoln badge Release the hood latch by pushing the secondary release lever to your left toward the passenger side of the vehicle Raise the hood
175. and the system detects no driver steering activity for a short continuous period of time the system alerts the driver to put their hands on the steering wheel The system may detect a light grip touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving Driving Aids The system detects unintentional drifting toward the outside of the lane and alerts and or aids the driver to stay in the lane through the steering system and instrument cluster display The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera that is mounted behind the interior rear view mirror Switching the System On and Off Note The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed unless a MyKey is detected If a MyKey is detected the system is defaulted to on and the mode is set to Alert Note f a MyKey is detected pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system Only the Mode and Intensity settings can be changed when a MyKey is present System Settings Press the button located on the left steering wheel stalk to switch the system on or off The system has two optional setting menus available To view or adjust them select Settings gt Driver Assist gt Lane Keeping Sys in the information display using the OK button on the steering wheel The last known selection for each of these settings is stored by the system You do not need to readjust your settings each time you turn on th
176. and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed Hilly Condition Usage Note An audible alarm will sound and the system will shut down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time This allows the brakes to cool down The system will function normally again when the brakes have cooled down You should select a lower gear position when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades for example in mountainous areas The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating MKZ CC9 enUSA Switching the System Off Note The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Detection Issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you A qp leio E71621 Cruise Control Detection issues can occur A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front B With vehicles that edge into your lane The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming
177. ane markings will change to indicate the system status Gray Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s This may be because the vehicle is under the activation speed the turn indicator is active the vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver Driving Aids the road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field of view the camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions e g significant sun angles or shadows snow heavy rain fog traffic conditions e g following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane or vehicle conditions e g poor headlamp illumination See Troubleshooting for additional information Green Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s Troubleshooting Yellow Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention Red Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning The system can be temporarily suppressed at any time by the following e Quick braking e Fast acceleration Using the turn signal indicator Evasive steering maneuver Why is the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature
178. ange your vehicle s Drive Control settings from the main menu on the information display 1 Choose Settings 2 Choose Vehicle 3 Choose Drive Control 4 Select the shift position you would like to configure either D or S 5 Choose from Comfort Normal or Sport modes as your preferred setting in D 6 Choose from Normal or Sport modes as your preferred setting in S Settings in S Handling in S The suspension stiffens with an emphasis on handling and control Performance in S The engine responds more directly to your inputs and takes on a more powerful tone Note Not all settings may be available Driving Aids Note Lincoln Drive Control has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation Certain types of system errors will gray out the mode selections within the information display preventing you from changing states when the gear position is changed Other types of errors will produce a temporary message that states Drive Control Malfunction If either condition persists for multiple key cycles have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer 205 MKZ CC9 enUSA Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle trailer or both to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your v
179. ar your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING NUMBER OF MYKEY S Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system see an authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system Condition Potential Causes cannot create a MyKey MKZ CC9 enUSA The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key Myke ey Condition Potential Causes Vehicles with push button start The intelli gent access key fob is not positioned correctly next to the steering column See Keyless Starting page 139 SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode The vehicle has been
180. art 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System Ss E142549 Note Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter 297 Wheels and Tires Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked MKZ CC9 enUSA 298 Whe
181. ash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration The safety belt pretensioners and optional rear inflatable safety belts are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes MKZ CC9 enUSA The knee airbag s may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions The design of the side airbags and side curtain airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags and side curtain airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equip
182. asy Fuel Index Remote Control eesescesececeeeeeeseeeenes 49 Car Findev 50 Intelligent Access Key AI Remote Starta ee ecesessescececeeteneeeeeseeeneeeeeeees 50 Replacing the Battery essere 49 Sounding a Panic Alarm 50 Remote Stafirnir asrasin Automatic Settings Heated and Cooled Devices Last SettihgSeccsrisesernonuencmaiiui 120 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 271 Replacement Parts RECOMMENATION ee eeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeee 12 Collision Repairs Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs Warranty on Replacement Parts Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Roadside Emergencies 222 Running In See Breaking ln ee eeeeseseceeeeeseeeeseeseeeeees 220 Running Out of Fuel eee 145 Refilling With a Portable Fuel COMPAS innuna anonn 146 S Safety Belt Height Adjustment 34 MKZ CC9 enUSA 440 Safety Belt Minder Belt Minder Safety Belts Principle of Operation Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator SECU asiiiniiniecdntateiataniesdaniiannds Settings Clock Display Settings SOUMG evs cccaersidtesysescintistannni a Vehicles srnssstessscccciesesesssnestveteaseneseetansnscedsesensitien Side Ait Da gS siioni 43 Side Curtain Airbags 45 Sitting in the Correct Position 0 121 Snow Chains See Using Snow Chains cece 296 Special Notices ceeseeeteeeeteeeeeeee 12 New Vehicle Limited Warranty 12
183. at cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor f Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash f Do not place objects higher than the seat back to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking Max 30 0 E68595 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and air bags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash MKZ CC9 enUSA We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Sitin an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Donotrecline the seat back more than 30 degrees Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the air bag cover Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips
184. ation mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest then Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route MKZ CC9 enUSA 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route
185. ave run out of fuel Fuel and Refueling You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and ona steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 92 MKZ CC9 enUSA 146 Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury A Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included fuel funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from
186. aving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f Do not use in poor visibility specifically fog rain spray or snow Note t is your responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane You can select from one of four gap settings E145977 The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel Switching the System On Press and release ON The information display will Re show the grey indicator light CR E164805 2 Cruise Control The current gap setting and SET will also display Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET The vehicle speed will be stored in the memory 3 The information display will show a green indicator light current gap setting and desired set speed 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal o E164805 m 5 A lead vehicle graphic will illuminate if there is a vehicle detected in front of you Note When adaptive cruise control is active the set speed displayed in the information display may vary slightly from the speedometer Following a Vehicle WARNINGS A When following a vehicle in front of you your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will your
187. ayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your device s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your device s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device MyLincoln Touch 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your device s manual and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button on your us steering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number go To end the call or exit phone mode press and hold this phone button on your steering wheel controls Receiving Ca
188. ble throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note A ways use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations MKZ CC9 enUSA Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A ya Ne j E154903 A Right hand side B Left hand side Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Safety alert Ch See Owner s Manual Introduction Engine air filter aii Air conditioning system r Anti lock braking system Avoid smoking flames or sparks EA Battery Battery acid Engine coolant E Engine coolant temperature yur Engine oil Explosive gas Brake fluid non petroleum based Fan warning Brake system
189. bly extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag Ifthe indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Supplementary Restraints System Occupant Passenger airbag status Passenger airbag indicator Empty OFF Lit Disabled ON Unlit Child OFF Lit Disabled ON Unlit Adult OFF Unlit Enabled ON Lit Note When the passenger airbag status indicator OFF light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the fro
190. camera sensor If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the information display MKZ CC9 enUSA 190 Using Driver Alert Switching the system on and off You may switch the system on or off through the information display by selecting Settings then Driver Assist then Driver Alert in the menu When activated the system will monitor your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors System Warnings Note Note The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph 64 km h The warning system is in two stages At first the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest This message will only appear for a short time If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness another warning may be issued which will remain in the information display for a longer time Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning System Display When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue a warning if required You can view the status at any time using the information display See General Information page 96 The alertness level is shown by six steps in a colored bar Driving Aids E131358 The current assessment of your alertness is within a typical range E131359 The current as
191. ccess the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phonebook 4 You can select from the following options Send which sends the message as it is Edit Text which allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list MyLincoln Touch Text message options Pll call you back in a few minutes just left I ll be there soon Can you give me a call lm on my way I m running a few minutes late I m ahead of schedule so l II be there early I m outside I ll call you when get there OK Yes No Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL Receiving a Text Message Note f you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving MKZ CC9 enUSA When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact Ignore to exit the screen Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnec
192. ce Headlamp Aiming Target E142592 A 8 feet 2 4 meters B Center height of lamp to ground C 25 feet 7 6 meters D Horizontal reference line Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height Note To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood 262 MKZ CC9 enUSA E150095 E142465 4 On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line Close the hood and turn off the lamps Maintenance Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and i
193. ce i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e a bus tow truck or flatbed truck The system should not be used if aforeign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors e an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof e the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructed by a foreign object i e front bumper cover a mini spare tire is in use Using Active Park Assist gt Press the button located on the lt gt right side of the center stack The touch screen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it s searching for a parking space Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want the system to search on Note f the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side Parking Aids cD 1 E1 i When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop when the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus or a truck street furni
194. ces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control E143949 Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but c
195. ch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather forecast Fuel prices Movie listings Sports headlines Sports schedules Sports scores Traffic Weather Weather map Help If you say Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you can then say any of the commands in the following chart 371 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch Sports related Commands Baseball College basketball College football Golf MLS My teams NBA NFL NHL WNBA Help If you want to hear headlines schedules or scores from a particular sport or your favorite team s say the sport or team then headlines schedules or scores Additional sports related voice commands Baseball headlines Motor sports schedule Baseball schedule My team headlines Baseball scores My teams schedule College basketball headlines My teams scores College basketball schedule NBA headlines College basketball scores NBA schedule College football headlines NBA scores College football schedule NFL headlines College football scores NFL schedule 372 MKZ CCQ
196. choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such as turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL MKZ CCQ enUSA 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text e View Delete Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to a
197. ck to center to alert the driver that the system is working properly DIRECTION INDICATORS E162681 Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators MKZ CC9 enUSA Note Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met You open any door You press a remote control button You touch switch A on the front interior lamp Front Interior Lamp Note The front interior lamp switches are on the overhead console The exact location of each switch on the overhead console depends upon which roof sunroof and window shade features are equipped on the vehicle Note Touch switch C to switch the door function off when you open any door The indicator lamp will illuminate amber when the door function is off When the door function is off and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will stay off Touch switch C again to switch the door function back on The indicator lamp will illuminate white when the door function is on When the door function is on and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will switch on Lighting D A B C D E167127 A B C D All lamps on switch Door function switch All lamps off switch Map lamp switches Rear Interior Lamp E150100 tt The rear interior lamps are hidden in the headliner You can sw
198. control The steering column sets a stopping position just short of the end of the column position to prevent damage to the steering column A new stopping position sets if the steering column encounters an object when tilting or telescoping To reset the steering column to its normal stopping position 1 Press the steering column control again after encountering the new stopping position 2 Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the column position A new stopping position is set The next time you tilt or telescope the steering column it will stop just short of the end of the column position MKZ CC9 enUSA 71 AUDIO CONTROL cr Equipped You can operate the following functions with the control Volume up Volume down Seek up or next Seek down or previous Mute Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to e tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset e play the next or the previous track Press and hold the seek button to tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band seek through a track Steering Wheel VOICE CONTROL r Equipped E145980 A Voice recognition B End a call C Answer a call See MyLincoln Touch page 317 CRUISE CONTROL Type 1 E145976 MKZ CC9 enUSA Type 2 E145977 See Cruise Control page 182 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E145981 See Information Displays page 96
199. crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time without the engine starting you reached the 60 second time limit A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceeded the cranking time You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes After 15 minutes you are limited to a 15 second engine cranking time You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again MKZ CC9 enUSA Automatic Engine Shutdown If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power Before the engine shuts down a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds If you do not intervene within 30 seconds the engine shuts down Another message appears in the information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel Start your vehicle as you normally do Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature When you switch it off temporarily it turns on at the next ignition cycle You can stop the engine shutdown or reset the timer at any point before the 30 second countdown has expired by doing any of the following You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle such as pressing
200. csccssvesrereasscanesccercovesees 223 Jump Starting the Vehicle 224 Post Crash Alert System cee 226 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need 227 In California U S Only The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 229 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Only 230 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and CANA A sesscasisesestesssasssscisitessteticcsstdsiaeetits 230 Ordering Additional Owner s Literature seision 232 Reporting Safety Defects U S ST A EE EEE 232 Reporting Safety Defects Canada OMY EE EE E 233 Fuses Fuse Specification Chart 234 Changing a FUSE ee ceeeeeeseteeeeeeee 244 MKZ CC9 enUSA Maintenance General INFOrmation 246 Opening and Closing the Hood 247 Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOST serierna 248 Under Hood Overview 3 7L 249 Engine Oil Dipstick 2 0L ECOBOOST o eee eE eas 250 Engine Oil Dipstick 3 7L 250 Engine Oil CHECK ececeeteeeeteteees 250 Oil Change Indicator Reset 251 Engine Coolant Check 251 Automatic Transmission Fluid CHECK eena TANE 254 Brake Fluid Check 258 Power Steering Fluid Check 258 Washer Fluid Check eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 258 USL Fiten ccsscanssceseyevstsvesentasnestsacsstzacveseees 259 Changing the 12V Battery 259 Checking the Wiper Blades 261 Changing the Wiper Blades 261 Adjusting the Headlam
201. d Carrying CARGO E143817 Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E143818 MKZ CCQ enUSA GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating Note For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer Load Carrying GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight plus cargo plus passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo It is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The Example only label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating
202. d Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Wheels and Tires Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING A Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the drivers door Failure to follow the tire
203. d OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF Cruise Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph 30 km h USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death f When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill T SET Y Ve amp E145976 MKZ CC9 enUSA The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON E Setting a Speed The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster Changing the Set Speed Note f you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change Wh
204. d cause a crash or CANADA ONLY could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport If you believe that your vehicle hasa Canada Transport Canada Contact Information Website http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm Phone 1 800 333 0510 233 MKZ CC9 enUSA Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If you disconnect and reconnect the battery you will need to reset some features See Changing the 12V Battery page 259 E144783 MKZ CC9 enUSA Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 254 Not used spare 2 Starter relay 3 15A Autowipers 4 Blower motor relay 204 Power point 3 Back of console 6 Not used 20A a control module vehicle power 8 1 Powertrain control module vehicle power 20A 2 9 Powertrain control module relay 10 204 Power point 1 driver front 11 2 Powertrain control module vehicle power 15A 4 12 2 Powertrain control module
205. dditional key An unknown key or fob has been created as a MyKey The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 An unknown key or fob has been programmed to the vehicle as an admin key The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 55 MyKey distances do not accumulate The MyKey user is not using the MyKey An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys The key system has been reset No MyKey functions with the Intelligent Access key An admin fob is present at vehicle start No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 54 MKZ CC9 enUSA 57 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels E138628 A B Unlock Lock Door Lock Indicator An LED on each door window trim will light when you lock the door It will remain lit for up to 10 minutes after you switch off the ignition Switch Inhibitor When you electronically lock your vehicle the power door lock switch and interior trunk release switch will no longer operate after 20 seconds You must unlock your vehicle with the remote control or keyless keypad or switch the ignition on to restore function to these switches
206. ded idle conditions Highway driving 6th 35 miles to 80 miles 56 km to 129 km Severe duty driving trailer 6th 35 miles 56km Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNING f Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Instrument Cluster WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Adaptive Cruise Control f equipped The speed control system indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system is in See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 183 On white light IIluminates when the adaptive cruise control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off Engaged green light Illuminates when the adapt
207. designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance With low profile tires you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire wear depending on road conditions and driving styles Due to their design low profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes rough or unpaved roads car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels Note Your vehicle s warranty does not cover these types of damage Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage Wheels and Tires Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading FA E142542 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 MKZ CC9 enUSA U S Departm
208. dex A A C See Climate Control eceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeee 116 About This Manual seseseesssree 7 Protecting the Environment 7 ABS See Brake ecsecesesseesececeeteeececesteseseeeeeeneaee 165 ABS driving hints See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock BAK OSes 2icccscesaessadsevessctadespavecrccarsetebavenssacasieee 165 AGCCESSOMES se cisisetassssscesadeessitecatatiscsssdasseatas 390 Exterior Style eseeeecesseececesesesteseeeeeseneeteees 390 Interior Style eseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeteees 390 Lifestyle 390 Peace of MIN eesseteceeeceseeteseeeeeeneneeteees 390 Accessories See Replacement Parts RECOMMENAAMION ec eeeesececeeteteseceeeeeeseeeeee 12 ACC See Using Adaptive Cruise Control 183 Active Park ASSISt iseeseeseeeeeeseeeseneeees 175 Automatic Steering into Parking SPICE AE TE 176 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature 177 Troubleshooting the System 177 Using Active Park ASSISt eects Adaptive Headlamps sees Adjusting the Headlamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Vertical Aim Adjustment eee Adjusting the Steering Wheel 70 Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Coliseu 70 AFS See Adaptive Headlamp5S ccceeeeees 80 Airbag DiSpOSAl ee eeseseeceeeceeeeecesenenees 47 Air Conditioning See Climate Control eceeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeee 116 Alarm See Anti Theft Alarm ceseceeseseseeeeeeseees 68 All Wheel Drive MKZ CC9
209. dial returns to the full heat position You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost Note To prevent window fogging you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on J Driver settings Touch the or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on if equipped Touch the climate controlled seat icon to turn the climate controlled seat off and on if equipped Touch MyTemp to select your preset temperature setpoint Touch and hold MyTemp to save a new preset temperature setpoint Touch the heated steering wheel icon to turn the heated steering wheel on and off if equipped Note f your vehicle is equipped with a wooda trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock Climate control commands positions Climate automatic Climate Control Voice Commands Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands MKZ CC9 enUSA Climate my temperature Climate off Climate on Climate temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Climate temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Help MyLincoln Touch There are additional climate control commands but in order
210. dicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire MKZ CC9 enUSA R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required Atleast once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by For
211. dry with a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS ir EQUIPPED For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a soft cloth If you cannot completely clean the leather using a mild soap and water solution you can try a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors Note To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather You should remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e clean spills and stains as quickly as possible e check for compatibility by first testing any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather oil petroleum based leather conditioners household cleaners MKZ CC9 enUSA e alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips Always read th
212. ds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space The system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope the system will activate automatically Brakes 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will release automatically 169 MKZ CC9 enUSA Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in orde
213. dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes Vehicle Care 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area
214. e affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label f Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Note There may be electrical items such as fuses or relays that can affect trailer towing operation See Fuses page 234 Weight not volume designates your vehicle s load capacity You cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Towing a trailer places an additional load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation MKZ CC9 enUSA Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects the vehicle when driving Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor e Load the heaviest items in the center of the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight Select a tow
215. e interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C Cooled seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated cooled seats do not automatically turn on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats and heated steering wheel are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on Climate Control Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Last Settings The climate control system automatically uses the settings last selected before turning off the vehicle Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle These devices if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays may switch on during remote start Heated devices typically switch on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather 120 MKZ CCQ enUSA Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS f Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take weight off the se
216. e through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights MKZ CCQ enUSA Rear Heated Seats ir Equipped WARNING A Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The rear seat heat controls are located on the rear of the center console The heated seats only operate when the ignition is on E146322 Seats Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights Press again to deactivate The heated seat module resets at every ignition run cycle While the igniti
217. e Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not Exceed 50 mph 80 km h Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label Tow atrailer MKZ CC9 enUSA e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time Use commercial car washing equipment Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability if applicable 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly Wheels and Tires The usage of a full size dissimilar spare
218. e Use only the specified fuel listed Avoid running out of fuel Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If you use parts other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly MKZ CC9 enUSA 151 An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from work
219. e attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e you open then close any door while the ignition is on and your vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and your vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Autounlock Feature The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory and you open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Locks Enabling or Disabling Note You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other You can enable or disable these features in the information display or your authorized dealer can do it for you See General Information page 96 Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e the ignition is on you press the remote control lock button or after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if you turn them on w
220. e back protection The window will stop if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Window Lock E144072 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls Windows and Mirrors Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off Note You can enable or disable this feature in the information display or see an authorized dealer See General Information page 96 Note 7o operate this feature accessory delay must not be active Opening the Windows You can only open the windows for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control After you unlock your vehicle press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows and vent the moonroof Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement Closing the Windows WARNING When closing the windows and moonroof you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings MKZ CC9 enUSA 84 To close the windows and moonroof press and hold the remote control lock button Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unloc
221. e compression feature off and on Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands If you are listening to a CD press uh the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the following commands MKZ CC9 enUSA CD Pause Play Play next track Play previous track Play track lt 1 512 gt Repeat Repeat folder Repeat off Repeat track Shuffle Shuffle CD Shuffle folder Shuffle off Help This applies to WMA or MP3 files only SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation page 380 MyLincoln Touch aoo E142619 The SD card slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen m SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC E142620 MKZ CC9 enUSA USB Port lt OOO E142621 The USB ports are located either in
222. e decklid open unless you disable the power feature Make sure you secure the decklid to you vehicle You can enable or disable the power decklid using the information display The remote control and instrument panel button will still operate the decklid regardless of the setting Opening and Closing the Power Decklid Note You can reverse the decklid movement Press the instrument panel or decklid button again or press the remote control button twice The decklid will only operate with your vehicle in P MKZ CC9 enUSA 62 If the decklid reverses or starts to close after an open request you will hear a fast continuous chime This indicates excessive load on the decklid or a possible torsion bar failure See your authorized dealer if you still have a fast chime after you remove the load From Inside Your Vehicle With the Remote Control From Outside Your Vehicle Press the button on the instrument panel Press twice within three seconds E164806 Press the control button located above the license plate Your vehicle must be unlocked or have the intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the decklid to open it Note Let the power system operate the decklid after pressing the control Pushing or pulling the decklid may activate the obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation Locks With the Decklid Close Button Press the button inside the so decklid on the l
223. e ignition off Note The electric parking brake will not automatically apply You must apply the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch K E169085 Pull the switch to apply the electric parking brake The brake system warning lamp will illuminate to confirm that the electric parking brake has been applied See Information Displays page 96 Applying the electric parking brake when the vehicle is moving WARNINGS Applying the electric parking brake while moving will result in use of the anti lock braking system Do not use the electric parking brake system when the vehicle is moving unless the normal brake system is unable to stop the vehicle Brakes WARNINGS With the exception of emergency conditions for example the brake pedal does not work or is blocked do not apply the electric parking brake while the vehicle is moving On bends or poor road surfaces or weather conditions emergency braking can cause the vehicle to skid out of control or off the road If you apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving the brake system warning lamp will illuminate and a warning tone will sound See Information Displays page 96 If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph 6 km h the braking force is applied as long as the switch is applied Release or press the switch or press the accelerator pedal to stop the braking force Releasing the electric parking brake
224. e instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers Note Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers Note ndustrial strength or heavy duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time Note Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergents Vehicle Care Note f you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish To maintain their condition we recommend that you e Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Apply using manufacturer s instructions e Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your
225. e is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched tone sounds An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section ACTIVE PARK ASSIST F cquiprep WARNING f This system is designed to be a supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves MKZ CC9 enUSA The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking spa
226. e lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the us tone speak your command clearly MKZ CC9 enUSA These commands can be said at any time during a voice session Cancel Exit Go back List of commands Main menu Next page Previous page What can say Help What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following e During a voice session press the help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session e Press the voice icon After the tone say Help for an audible list of possible voice commands MyLincoln Touch Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is sp
227. e parking brake MKZ CC9 enUSA 142 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING A If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and the leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER reauippep WARNINGS A Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury A Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C Starting and Stopping the Engine The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical source We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certif
228. e parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park Deactivating the Park Assist Feature The system can be deactivated manually by pressing the active park assist button grabbing the steering wheel Troubleshooting the System eng driving above approximately 50 mph 80 km h for 30 seconds during an active park search driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system such as Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface There is an anti lock brake system activation or failure Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a chime Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent system faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off parking space MKZ CC9 enUSA The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a Parking Aids The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking ma
229. e publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual French Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section MKZ CCQ enUSA REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company E142557 If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS defect which coul
230. e spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Wheels and Tires 1 Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an angle to access the spare tire o compartment 2 Place the wheel in the spare tire well with the valve stem facing down Use 4 the mini spare bolt to secure the wheel through one of the lug holes 3 Place the jack tools and foam block back into the spare tire compartment 4 Replace the carpeted wheel cover E75442 14 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 305 Stowing the flat tire You can stow the full size road wheel in the spare tire compartment 146026 304 MKZ CC9 enUSA Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to l
231. e standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation
232. e system Mode This setting allows the driver to select which of the system features will be enabled MKZ CC9 enUSA E165515 Alert only Provides a steering wheel vibration when an unintended lane departure is detected i D E165516 Aid only Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center when an unintended lane departure is detected 192 Driving Aids A ec 166517 A A Alert B Aid Alert Aid Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center If the vehicle continues drifting out of the lane a steering wheel vibration is provided Note The alert and aid diagrams are meant to illustrate general zone coverage They are not intended to provide the exact zone parameters Intensity This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert and alert aid modes This setting does not impact the aid mode Low e Medium High MKZ CC9 enUSA System Display E151660 When the system is turned on an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will be displayed in the information display If the aid mode is selected when the system is turned on a separate white icon will also appear in the instrument cluster or in some vehicles arrows will be displayed with the lane markings When the system is turned off the lane marking graphics will not be displayed While the system is on the color of the l
233. e the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive or damage the AWD system All Wheel Drive If Equipped Driving In Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive AWD AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles in special conditions e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice MKZ CCQ enUSA 160 If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudde
234. eaking by pressing the voice icon Accessing a List of Available Commands If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly Available voice commands Audio list of commands Bluetooth audio list of commands Browse list of commands CD list of commands Climate control list of commands List of commands Navigation list of commands Phone list of commands MKZ CC9 enUSA Available voice commands Radio list of commands SD card list of commands Sirius satellite list of commands Travel link list of commands USB list of commands Voice instructions list of commands Voice settings list of commands Help This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio subscription Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback 325 MyLincoln Touch Interaction Mode Novice mode pr
235. ealing Compound and Ail eceeeseseeeneeeeeeeee 277 General Information cceeeseseseceeeeteeeeees 276 Second Stage Checking Tire PRESSUPE Soy ccsc casssecssrescsacecesnsansessssseesccdenasseids 279 Tips for Use of the Kit ceeeeeeeee 276 What to do after the Tire has been SO OIC syiistscissal ceciiveusshciencateccsanestatesaseventastatea 279 What to do when a Tire Is Punctured 277 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 229 MKZ CC9 enUSA 441 Tire CC a sees sagas ches dass cx easeaestantebcinaceyents Glossary of Tire Terminology as Information About Uniform Tire Quality Cig oll ne laeererrree tener eee 282 Information Contained on the Tire SIG Wall esis cansscsputisetcessdccssstablacesalanetecenstzstins 284 Temperature A B Coieececccccseeseteteteteneteees 283 Traction AA AB C ee TREAAWE ARS cc ssssccsrsssssncssssanssvascasesceiaaaresvasctunste Tire Inflation When Punctured See Temporary Mobility Kit ee 275 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 296 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring SYSteM cceeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeee 297 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System sssr 298 Tire Repair Kit See Temporary Mobility Kit eee 275 Tires See Wheels and Tires 275 Towing a Trailer ae Load PlaCeMent ec eeesececeeeeseeseeeseeteseeeeeees Towing the Vehicle on Four Transmission Code Designation 309 TPANSMISSIONL ee ec
236. eated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance Supplementary Restraints System of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING f Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E142846 Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash MKZ CC9 enUSA 41 FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNINGS f Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passe
237. eature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice MKZ CC9 enUSA 376 Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report e If you want to run a report by 2 usi
238. ececeseeeeteeeeeeteeeeseeeeeeeeee 154 Transmission See TrANSMISSION eceseseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeteseneee 154 Transporting the Vehicle 217 U Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOS ernari aasan 248 Under Hood Overview 3 7L Universal Garage Door Opener HomeLink Wireless Control System Index Using Adaptive Cruise Control 183 Vehicle Identification Numbet 308 Blocked SeENnSOl c cecesseeseeseees s Vehicle Storage 272 Changing the Set Speed S Battery Detection ISSUCS ees este eeesneeseee Disengaging the System Following a Vehicle Hilly Condition USage eesseseseseeseeseeeee Low Speed Automatic Cancellation Overriding the System Resuming the Set Speed Setting A Speed sessseesseessreesseesreessessesress Setting the Gap Distance Switching the System Off 187 Ventilated Seats Switching the System On 183 Heated and ventilated seat air filter Switching to Normal Cruise Control 189 replacement if equipped 129 System Not Available eee 188 Ventilation Using All Wheel Drive ences 159 See Climate Control eeeeeseseseeeeees 116 Driving In Special Conditions With VIN All Wheel Drive AWD 160 See Vehicle Identification Numbetv 308 Using Cruise Control 182 Voice Controls iin dinainaidineinadess 72 Switching Cruise Control Off 183 Switching Cruise Control On eee 182 Using M
239. ecifications section in this chapter C E158846 Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Reinstall the air filter assembly After the fluid level has been checked and adjusted as necessary do the following 1 Shut the engine off 2 Loosen the clamp holding the air filter assembly to the rubber hose 3 Rotate the air filter assembly 90 degrees clockwise without disconnecting the sensor 4 Seat the air filter assembly back into the grommets by pushing down on the air filter assembly 5 Tighten the clamp 6 Install and tighten two bolts that attach air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle MKZ CCQ enUSA 7 Install the bolt cover if equipped 8 Reinstall the harness retaining clip into the front of the air filter assembly BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS syste
240. ecommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire E142544 LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks MKZ CC9 enUSA B Load Range and Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle Information on T Type Tires T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 287 Wheels and Tires E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A T In
241. ected Displays when a spinout has occurred and the hazard are Hazards Activated activated Transmission Message Action Transmission Malfunc tion Service Now See your authorized dealer Transmission Over heating Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool Stop in a safe place as soon as it s possible Transmission Overtem perature Stop Safely The transmission has overheated and needs to cool Stop in a safe place as soon as it s possible Transmission Service Required See your authorized dealer Transmission Too Hot Press Brake Transmission is getting hot Stop to let it cool Transmission Limited Function See Manual Transmission Warming Up Please Wait Displays when the transmission has overheated and has limited functionality See Automatic Transmission page 154 Transmission is too cold Wait for it to warm up before you drive Transmission Not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park Transmission Adjusted Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift strategy Transmission Adapt Mode Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup On Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable to select gears MKZ CC9 enUSA 113 Information Displays Message Action Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup Off
242. ed devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Connection Choose your connection methods and change them as Methods needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Help Wi Fi Press the Settings icon gt Help then select from the following CERTIFIED E142626 CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance Help Where Am I View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation you do not see this button System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version 336 MKZ CCQ enUSA MyLincoln Touch Help Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system Driving Restrictions 911 Assist Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See Informa tion page 365 In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial
243. ed or uncheck disabled Lane keeping Sys Mode Alert Aid or Alert Aid Intensity High Normal or Low Front Park Aid check enabled or uncheck disabled Rear Park Aid check enabled or uncheck disabled Note Some items are optional and may Settings not appear Z In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Settings Vehicle Drive Control Handling in D Comfort Normal or Sport Handling in S Normal or Sport Performance in S Normal or Sport Easy Entry Exit check enabled or uncheck disabled Auto Engine Off check enabled or uncheck disabled Lighting Auto Highbeam On or Off Autolamp Delay Select time interval DRL On or Off 98 MKZ CC9 enUSA Information Displays Settings cont d Vehicle cont d Locks Autolock check enabled or uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled or uncheck disabled Mislock check enabled or uncheck disabled Remote Unlocking All doors or Driver door Switches Inhibit check enabled or uncheck disabled Neutral Tow Hold OK to Initialize Oil Life Remaining Life XXX Hold OK to Reset Power Deck Lid check enabled or uncheck disabled Note Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set Settings cont d Vehicle cont d Remote Start Climate Control Auto or Last Settings Seats and Steering Auto Heated or Off Wheel Durati
244. ed shift speeds according to the following chart Transmission Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Gear Upshift mph km h From To 15 mph 24 km h 25 mph 40 km h 40 mph 64 km h aj AJ WIN 45 mph 72 km h 50 mph 80 km h The instrument cluster will display your currently selected gear wA E155990 The transmission will automatically upshift if your engine speed is too high or downshift if your engine speed is too low Note The system will stay in manual control until you make another shift button selection For example D Drive Brake Shift Interlock Override WARNINGS f Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate f If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Note For some markets this feature is disabled Note This feature will only function if your 12 volt battery has power Use the brake shift interlock ov
245. eeeeeeteeeeeeees Child Seat Positioning 26 Child Safety LOCKS cceeeeeteeeeteeees 28 Safety Belts Principle of Operation cece 29 Fastening the Safety Belts 30 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 34 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator CHIME erena rei An aiae 35 Safety Belt Minder sseseessesessessesressesese 35 Child Restraint and Safety Belt MaintenanCe s eessessesessesressssesresreseesesress 37 M Personal Safety System Personal Safety System cece 38 MKZ CC9 enUSA Supplementary Restraints System Principle of Operation eee 39 Driver and Passenger Airbag 40 Front Passenger Sensing System 41 Side AirbagGseicssiesisiAccaseceswsssvsssvestessetsasses 43 Driver and Passenger Knee Aiba gS nieren era 45 Side Curtain AirbagS cece 45 Crash Sensors and Airbag Tale otz eo eramnee merece Neerer i cre errr ere tner erence rrr 46 Airbag DiSpOSal c cc cceeeseteeeteteeeeees 47 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio FreQUENCIECS eececccsseseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneees 48 Remote Control eesssssseseeeseeeetseeeers 49 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote COMOL saanee A Eas 52 MyKey Principle Of Operation 53 Creating a MyKey ccceeseeeeeteeeteeees 54 Clearing All MyKeyS ee 54 Checking MyKey System Status 55 Using MyKey With Remote Start Sy STEM Si a RA A eaaa 55 MyKey Troubleshooting
246. eft side Obstacle Detection The decklid will reverse to full open if it detects an obstacle while closing Three chimes will sound as the decklid begins to reopen Remove the obstacle to close the decklid Note Before driving off check the instrument cluster for a trunk ajar or door ajar message or warning indicator Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the decklid open while driving The decklid will stop and three chimes will sound if it detects an obstacle while opening Remove the obstacle to operate the decklid Resetting the Power Decklid The decklid may not operate properly and you may need to reset it if the battery is dead or has low voltage e you disconnect the battery you manually close the decklid and leave it unlatched To reset the power decklid 1 Disconnect the battery for 20 seconds then reconnect the battery 2 Manually close and fully latch the decklid 3 Power open the decklid using the remote control or instrument panel button MKZ CC9 enUSA KEYLESS ENTRY SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD The keypad is located near the driver window It is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note f you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly E138637 You can use the keypad to e lock or unlock the doors recall me
247. ehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs FRONT LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29PS MANUAL FOR REAR LT225 75R 16 5E 200KPA 29PS ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XX XXXX XXXX E142516 kN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION G RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 5 FRONT T REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 1AVANT 1_ ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 4 oy kg or 1085 Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou re casos OE soens Eae PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 Psi WFORMATION REAR VOIR LE MANUEL P235 70R16_ 240 KPA 35 PSI DELUSAGER te POUR PLUS DE seurs 1 145 90R17 15 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX x kj k x x kj x x 5 R kd 3 E142517 207 MKZ CC9 enUSA Loa
248. ehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading PAYLOAD E143816 Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If you MKZ CCQ enUSA your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment install any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment on the vehicle you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload Load Carrying WARNING A The appropriate loading capacity of your v
249. elenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to Telenav s third party vendor licensors End User License Agreement For Distribution By HERE For North America APAC The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not Appendices installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or HERE North America LLC as defined below within thirty 30 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact HERE please visit www here com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and HERE and its licensors including their licensor
250. emperature on the passenger side of the vehicle Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on if equipped MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch MKZ CCQ enUSA Touch the climate controlled seat icon to turn the climate controlled seat off and on if equipped Touch DUAL to turn separate passenger side temperature controls off and on When you turn off DUAL the passenger side temperature changes to match the driver side temperature Note The passenger side temperature and the DUAL indicator automatically turn on when the passenger is adjusting their temperature control Fan speed Touch or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Note When the system is controlling the fan speed automatically all the fan speed indicators turn off Recirculated air Touch the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air may turn off automatically or be prevented from turning on in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce risk of fogging Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency MAX A C Touch the button to
251. en you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set e Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed e Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal You will not erase the set speed Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL iF Equipped WARNINGS Y Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using adaptive cruise control Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a crash serious injury or death 1 Adaptive cruise control is not a crash warning or avoidance system f Adaptive cruise control will not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h A Adaptive cruise control will not detect pedestrians or objects in the roadway f Adaptive cruise control will not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane f Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or le
252. ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 409 MKZ CC9 enUSA Extended Service Plan ESP PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A LINCOLN EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S Only Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Lincoln Extended Service Plan It is the only extended service plan backed by Lincoln Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Lincoln ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Lincoln Extended Service Plan With Lincoln ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Up to 1 000 Covered Vehicle Components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your authorized dealer for details 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 1 000 covered components this plan is so complete that
253. end the remote start up to a maximum of 35 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting A Press the button once The A parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See General Information page 96 REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle See Passive Anti Theft System page 67 52 MKZ CC9 enUSA MykKey PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to e create a MyKey program configurable MyKey settings clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey Note A MyKeys are programmed to
254. engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Instrument Cluster Cruise Control if Equipped S It will illuminate when you switch this feature on Direction Indicator llluminates when the left or right lt gt turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb See Changing a Bulb page 263 Door Ajar A Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed C Electric Park Brake It will illuminate or flash when the electric parking brake has a malfunction See Electric Parking Brake page 166 Engine Coolant Temperature EF IIluminates when the engine atoms Coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool See Engine Coolant Check page 251 MKZ CC9 enUSA Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level See Engine Oil Check page 250 Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Fasten Safety Belt It will illuminate and a chime will A sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt See Safety Belt Minder page 35 Front Airbag JO it fa
255. enger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function f Belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the vehicle sensitive locking mode The front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both the vehicle sensitive locking mode and the automatic locking mode Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers Safety Belts In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again ina slow and controlled manner Aut
256. ent of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAABC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Wheels and Tires The traction grades from highest to Glossary of Tire Terminology lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING f The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed und
257. eplace the driver s attention and judgment or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed Note The system does not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle Note The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph 8 km h MKZ CC9 enUSA apar wor E156130 This system is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours 156131 If it is a red warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking This may be apparent to the driver The system does not automatically activate the brakes but ifthe brake pedal is pressed full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed Using the Collision Warning System WARNING The collisi
258. er to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Maintenance Note t is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES os E142463 Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass E129990 MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 Press the locking buttons together 3 Rotate and remove the wiper blade 4 Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on Install in the reverse order Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer 261 Maintenan
259. eres 144 Fuel Consumption 149 Calculating Fuel Economy 150 Filling the Tank 150 Fuel Filta isere 259 Fuel Quality inna csissistscsssstiedsvensstevacstsiseisezs 145 Choosing the Right Fuel cece 145 Octane Recommendations 145 Fue Fuses Fuse Specification Chart 234 Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel 241 Power Distribution BOX eee 234 MKZ CCQ enUSA 436 Garage Door Opener See Universal Garage Door Openet 131 GAW OSS E 90 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 91 Fuel Gaul Ge E S 91 General Information on Radio Fre QUENCIES ee eceseceeeeeteteeceeecteeeeeeees 48 Intelligent ACCESS eesesssseseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseneeee 48 General Maintenance Information 413 Multi Point INSP CtiOn ee eeeeeeteeeees 416 Owner Checks and Services 415 Protecting Your Investment Why Maintain Your Vehicle ceeeeeee 4B Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your De alerShip eeececeeseeseeteseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 413 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and 1 af e l brereer A A 230 Getting the Services You Need 227 Away From Home 227 Global Opening and Closing 84 Closing the Windows 84 Opening the WiINdOWS eeeeseeeeeeeneeeeees 84 H Hazard Warning Flashers 223 Headlamp Exit Delay Head Restraints i Adjusting the Head Restraint ee 122 Tilting Head Restraints n 123 Heated Seats
260. erinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 283 MKZ CC9 enUSA Tire label A label showing the original equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure For example For P metric tires 35 psi 2 4 bar or 36 2 5 bar depending on tire size and for Metric tires 36 psi 2 5 bar Increa
261. erride to move your transmission from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery Transmission 1 Apply the parking brake and turn your ignition off before performing this procedure E152215 2 Locate your brake shift interlock access slot The slot is located below the media hub in your center console storage bin The access slot does not have a label Note Make sure that you correctly identify the access hole as not to damage the media hub 3 Using a tool press and hold the brake shift interlock switch The shift buttons on the instrument panel will flash when your vehicle is in override mode With the override switch still held press the N Neutral button to shift from park Release the override button Your vehicle will remain in Stay in Neutral mode for wrecker towing purposes or can be shifted to the desired gear and driven if possible Release the parking brake 158 MKZ CC9 enUSA Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature increases durability and provides consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm or soft shifts This operation will not affect function or durability of your transmission and is normal Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally the strategy must be relearned whenever the battery is disc
262. ery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note f your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced Note See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access testing or replacement When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative po
263. ery 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid Every 60000 miles 96000 km Replace spark plugs Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Every 5000 miles 8000 km Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Change engine oil and filter Perform multi point inspection Every 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 250 MKZ CC9 enUSA 421 Scheduled Maintenance Exclusive use of E85 flex fuel vehicles only Every oil change If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel Exceptions There are some exceptions your Normal Scheduled Maintenance California fuel filter replacement If you register your vehicle in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all
264. es not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Note Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section MKZ CC9 enUSA A 000 The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor E142657 The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote act
265. esponsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate 343 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch Potential station issues Issues Cause Action Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not match currently playing audio Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station
266. essure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note f you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note f you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare 290 MKZ CC9 enUSA Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other ob
267. ety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability MKZ CCQ enUSA WARNINGS f Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible
268. eve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped E142534 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician MKZ CC9 enUSA 21 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNINGS Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restr
269. f the kit by pressing the on button disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point Re install the valve cap on the tire valve place the tube cap on the metal connector and return the kit to the stowage area Immediately and cautiously drive the vehicle 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire Do not exceed 50 mph 80 km h After 4 miles 6 kilometers stop and check the tire pressure See Second stage Checking tire pressure Wheels and Tires Note f you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise while driving reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance Note Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure WARNINGS If you are proceeding from the First stage Re inflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi 1 4 bar stop and call roadside assistance If tire pressure is above 20 psi 1 4 bar continue to the next step The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging Check the air pressure of your tires as follows 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise 3 Push and turn the dial clockwise
270. fety belt is unbuckled before folding the seatback To lower the seat back s from inside the vehicle do the following aaa X E164098 3 Stow the safety belt in the stowage clip This will prevent the safety belt from getting caught in the seat latch aN s M Sn When raising the seat back s make sure you hear the seat latch into place HEATED SEATS Front Seats E144634 127 MKZ CC9 enUSA Seats WARNING f People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the heated seat The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the heated seat to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge E146322 Touch the heated seat symbol to cycl
271. fill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door 5 To close the fuel filler door press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release The fuel door will latch closed If the fuel fill inlet did not close properly a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the instrument cluster At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 Putthe vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to allow the inlet to close properly This will dislodge any debris preventing the inlet from sealing If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city or highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well FUEL CONSUMPTION Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty y
272. formation Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announce ments Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes MKZ CC9 enUSA 333 MyLincoln Touch Phone Press the Settings icon gt Ths Settings gt Phone then select from the following Phone Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Phone Ringer Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 365 Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages
273. g replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off highway usage 164 MKZ CCQ enUSA Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal Ifa metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have the system checked by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have it checked by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels page 271 oO See Warning Lamps and asy Indicators page 92 Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car
274. g with the transmission description XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167469 The National Highway Traffic Safety E167814 Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position Description Code Six speed automatic transmission 6F50 A Six speed automatic transmission 6F35 WwW 309 MKZ CC9 enUSA Capacities and Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Capacity Ford part name or equi Ford part number valent Ford specification Brake fl id Between MIN Motorcraft DOT 4 LV PM 20 WSS Faxe Myl and MAX on High Performance M6C65 A2 reservoir Brake Fluid Hinges latches striker plates and Not applicable Multi Purpose Grease lithium grease Motorcraft XL 5 aerosol and or rotors seat tracks CRCSL3151ESB fuel filler door hinge ESB M1C93 B and spring Lock cylinder Not applicable Motorcraft Penetrating XL 1 None and Lock Lubricant 6F35 automatic 9 0 qt 8 5L Motorcraft MERCON LV XT 10 QLV MERCON duis 23 ATF LV transmission fluid 6F50 automatic 11 6 qt 11L transmission fluid Rear diffe
275. gnition off whenever you leave your vehicle 1 Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury Push Button Shift Transmission Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic transmission The shift buttons are located on the instrument panel next to the MyLincoln Touch system The gears are selected by pressing and releasing the PRNDS buttons E146223 Every time a gear is selected the selected button will light up You will also see the gear selected appear in the instrument cluster MKZ CC9 enUSA 154 E155989 Understanding the Positions of your Electronic Transmission Note A ways come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of P Park Putting your vehicle in gear 1 Fully press down the brake pedal 2 Press and release the button on the instrument panel of the gear you want to select 3 The gearshift button you select will illuminate and the selected gear will appear in the instrument cluster 4 Release the brake pedal and your transmission will remain in the selected gear Note f you attempt to leave your vehicle while it is in gear the vehicle will automatically shift into P Park Safety belt and door monitors determine your intent and make the shift for you
276. h MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from TOO1 to a maximum of T255 The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from FOO1 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system MKZ CCQ enUSA In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH PREMIUM AM FM CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1 i oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device tha
277. h quality fuel without additives or other engine treatments Choosing the Right Fuel Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty If your vehicle is not a flexible fuel vehicle then only use unleaded fuel or unleaded fuel blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel fuel fuel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel because it could damage or impair the emission control system The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives MKZ CC9 enUSA Octane Recommendations Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Premium fuel will provide improved performance and is recommended for severe duty use such as trailer tow Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you h
278. hat in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle Pama Assembly plant identification number Ta 7amMds Production sequence number The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information 308 MKZ CC9 enUSA Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO ATE XAK GVWR XXXX KG XXX LB REAR GAWR XXX KG a XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH d MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO F z RES XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TRES A DATE KU GVWR _ XXXX KG XXXX LB FRONT GAI REAR GAWR XXX KG ii WHO LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXX RIMS XXXXXXX XXXXXX RIMS XXXXXXX RIMS XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PsICOD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VI N Se ARO ee TYPE AIT Oe TR TNE MG tr er WX XX XXX XO XX X OX XXX HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VI N Re OO XXXXX XXXXX TYPE OOK DSO Ta TP PS TR rhe We i a W XX XX X XLO XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX d XXXX XXXXXXX XX The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table shows the transmission code alon
279. have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on outside temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and A high engine temperature message will appear in the information display The service engine soon indicator will light If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine Maintenance When this occurs your vehicle will still operate However The engine power will be limited The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down caus
280. he airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes MKZ CC9 enUSA 44 E152533 The system consists of the following A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks Front passenger sensing system Crash sensors and monitoring Ww system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER
281. he MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 29 F 34 C and 35 F 37 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from an authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant WARNINGS A Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts A Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield Maintenance WARNINGS A To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly I Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling
282. he engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving your vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK 6F35 HF35 transmission f Equipped Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Maintenance Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components 6F50 6F55 Transmission f equipped WARNINGS A The dipstick cap and surrounding components may be hot gloves are recommended A Use gloves when moving the air filter assembly Components will be hot Note Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approxi
283. he rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield Keep the outside of the windshield clean The rain sensor is very sensitive If the area around the mirror is dirty then the wipers may operate if dirt mist or insects hit the windshield WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat E169315 A Highest sensitivity B On C Lowest sensitivity E169316 75 MKZ CC9 enUSA Wipers and Washers To operate the washers and spray the windshield pull the lever toward you A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be switched on or off in the information display See General Information page 96 76 MKZ CCQ enUSA Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL Headlamp Flasher E162680 Pull the lever toward you slightly and A Off release it to flash the headlamps E142449 B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and AUTOLAMPS or cquirrep tail lamps C Headlamps High Beams t E142451 The headlamps will switch on and off automatically in low light situations or Eies during inclement weather The headlamps will remain on for a period Push the lever forward to switch the high of time after you switch the ignition off beams on Use the information display controls to Push the lever forward again or pul
284. he reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The system uses red yellow and green highlights that appear on top of the video image when the reverse sensing system detects an object The alert highlights the closest object detected You can disable the reverse sensing alert if you have enhanced park aids enabled you will still see the displayed highlighted areas MKZ CC9 enUSA Manual Zoom WARNING f When manual zoom is on the full area behind your vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse R Note Only the centerline shows when you enable manual zoom This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse R When you shift the transmission out of reverse R the feature automatically turns off and you must enable it to use it again Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of reverse R and into any gear other than park P the camera image remains in the display until your vehicle speed reaches 5 mph 8 km h or until you select a radio button Selectable settings for this feature are ON an
285. he signal should return antenna Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Call Sirius Your satellite service is no Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 1 888 539 7474 longer available 7474 to resolve subscription issues None found Check Channel All the channels in the Use the channel guide to Guide selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked function on that station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands SIRIUS If you are listening to Sirius lt Channel name gt us satellite radio press the voice button on the steering wheel Preset lt gt controls When prompted say any of the following commands SAT If you are not listening to Sirius satellite SAT preset lt gt radio press the voice button and after the SAT 1 tone say Sirius then any of the following commands SAT 1 Preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt 350 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch SIRIUS TUNE Sirius lt O 223 gt Sirius off SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 Sirius on SAT 3 preset lt gt Sports game Tune Help If you have said Sports
286. he system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route Bypass route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty Select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route MKZ CCQ enUSA 384 Avoid These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts Have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accep
287. he terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNINGS f Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury See Supplementary Restraints System page 39 Introduction WARNINGS f Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury
288. herefore warrants Lincoln Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Lincoln Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Lincoln dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Lincoln Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style Hood deflectors e Side window deflectors e Wheels e Bumper protectors Interior style All weather floor mats Rear seat entertainment e Premium carpeted floor mats 390 MKZ CC9 enUSA Accessories For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with the Federal Communications Commission FCC
289. hicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission Towing an all wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment This prevents damage to the transmission all wheel drive system and vehicle Towing TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing You can flat tow all wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain transmission configuration your disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle under the following conditions e Your vehicle is facing forward so you tow it in a forward direction You place the transmission in position N If you cannot place the transmission in position N you may need to override it See Transmission page 154 Maximum speed is 35
290. his device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote MKZ CC9 enUSA The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data
291. horized dealer immediately Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls E152750 MKZ CC9 enUSA Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories a hi N Driver Assist a Settings Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories and then press the righ
292. hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS T Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire T The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel capless fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury t Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container f Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling MKZ CCQ enUSA 144 Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swal
293. housing Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall stop and call roadside assistance 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve turning clockwise Make sure the connection is tightly fastened Wheels and Tires E144619 4 5 Plug the power cable into the 12 volt power point in the vehicle Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash Start the vehicle only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area E144924 7 Push and turn dial A counterclockwise to the sealant position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button B MKZ CC9 enUSA 278 E144621 8 10 Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the tire label located on the driver s door or the door jamb area When the sealing compound is first added into the tire the air pressure gauge reading on the compressor unit may indicate a higher value this is normal and should be no reason for concern The pressure will drop after about 30 seconds of operation The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading When the recommended tire pressure is reached turn of
294. iO E142593 Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability MKZ CC9 enUSA 348 For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen Touch SIRIUS gt Options MyLincoln Touch Sirius Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings
295. ible to protect the battery This message will clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery state of charge has recovered Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state of charge recovery MKZ CC9 enUSA 103 Information Displays Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Message Action Blindspot System Fault Displayed when a fault with the system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Blindspot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the system sensors are blocked Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible See Blind Spot Information System page 196 Cross Traffic Vehicle Coming From X Displayed when the system detects a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System page 196 Cross Traffic Not Avail able Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Information System page 196 Cross Traffic System Fault Displays when a fault with the system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning System Message Action Collision Warning Malfunction Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the colli sion warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision War
296. ication mark for gasoline engines Do not use supplemental engine oil additives in your engine They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage not covered by your Ford warranty F Do not use API S category oils labeled as SN SM SL or lower category unless the label also displays the API certification mark These oils do not meet the requirements of the engine and emission system Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle 3 See the warning below WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel 312 MKZ CC9 enUSA Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are e AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Distance and strength Radio Reception Factors The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass
297. ices Sirius Travel Link Alerts e Calendar e SYNC Applications e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation MKZ CCQ enUSA Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone page 359 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the sugges
298. ider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts e Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A C performance e Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective MKZ CCQ enUSA 216 If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park on a grade 1 Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow 2 Set your vehicle parking brake Place the automatic transmission in position P Place wheel chocks
299. ied by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard Use as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes MKZ CC9 enUSA e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three
300. ield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Wipers and Washers Note f you switch autolamps on in The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor conjunction with autowipers your low You will find it in the area around the beam headlamps will illuminate interior mirror The rain sensor monitors automatically when the rain sensor the amount of moisture on the windshield activates the windshield wipers and automatically turns on the wipers It continuously will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield You can turn this feature on and off in the information display See General Information page 96 Note Wet or winter driving conditions with ice snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor Set the following to help keep your windshield control to low sensitivity and the wipers clear f will turn on when the rain sensor detects Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers a large amount of moisture on the In these conditions you can do the to reduce the amount of smearing windshield Set the control to high Switch to normal or high speed wipe sensitivity and the wipers will turn on Switch the autowipers off when t
301. ils to illuminate when you AN start your vehicle continues to flash or remains on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Heads Up Display if Equipped A red beam of lights will i illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and or the collision warning system It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works Instrument Cluster High Beam It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on It Eel will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Hood Ajar Displays when the ignition is on and the hood is not completely closed Low Fuel Level It will illuminate when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is ry nearly empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning It will illuminate when your tire pressure is low If the lamp e remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by your authorized dealer Low Washer Fluid PNS It will illuminate when the windshield washer fluid is low MKZ CC9 enUSA 94 Parking Lamps APP it will illuminate when you switch 00 the parki
302. in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Towing Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components Causing internal damage to the components Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Any time the rear axle submerges in water replace the rear axle lubricant Water may contaminate the rear axle lubricant which is not a normal maintenance inspection item unless there is a possibility of a leak or other axle repair is required TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE E143886 MKZ CC9 enUSA If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Ve
303. ing Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete details On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with an on board diagnostics system OBD II that monitors the engine s emission control system This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples of temporary malfunctions are Fuel and Refueling the vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling page 147 driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator sho
304. ing automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool position This re cooling of the interior is more economical and efficient AUTO Press the button to switch on Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents air conditioning automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool position This re cooling of the interior is more economical and efficient Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 118 Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE General Hints Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up Note You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note To reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield MKZ CC9 enUSA 117 Automatic Climate Control Note Do not adjust the settings when your vehicle interior is ex
305. ing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage When Fail Safe Mode Is Activated WARNINGS A Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury A hot Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or MKZ CC9 enUSA 254 You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive your vehicle with caution Your vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Re start t
306. input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN MKZ CC9 enUSA 171 The AdvanceTrac Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See Using Traction Control page 170 anf E72903 A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac maintaining control on a slippery surface Stability Control USING STABILITY CONTROL AdvanceTrac The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle The AdvanceTrac system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control system is disabled when the transmission selector lever is in position R You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently See Using Traction Control page 170 172 MKZ CC9 enUSA Parking
307. intenance Message Action LOW Engine Oil Pres Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the sure engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Change Engine Oil Soon Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10 or less See Engine Oil Check page 250 Oil Change Required Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0 See Engine Oil Check page 250 Brake Fluid Level LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately See Brake Fluid Check page 258 Check Brake System Displays when the brake system needs servicing Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Engine Coolant Overtem Displays when the engine coolant temperature is excessively perature high Washer Fluid Level Low Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled Power Reduced to Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to Lower Engine Temp help reduce high coolant temperatures Transport Factory Displays to indicate that the vehicle is still in Transport or Mode Factory mode This may not allow some features to operate properly See your authorized dealer See Manual Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction 108 MKZ C
308. is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps TR Many forward facing child safety ls seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view MKZ CC9 enUSA amp 8 i E142537 Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note f you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For
309. it where they can be properly restrained Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your Safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death f It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly f In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS f Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person f When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating
310. itch individual rear interior lamps on independently by waving your hand near the small white light in the headliner MKZ CC9 enUSA 82 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings E146043 Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Down Press the switch fully and release it Press again or lift it to stop the window One Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window MKZ CC9 enUSA Bounce Back The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window will travel up with no bounc
311. ith the lamp control or any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and 25 seconds elapse you press the START STOP button MKZ CC9 enUSA Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps dome lamps or headlamps on the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition state it will shut off once it detects a certain amount of battery drain or after 45 minutes Luggage Compartment From Inside Your Vehicle With the Remote Control From Outside Your Vehicle Press the button on the instrument panel to unlatch the trunk Press twice within three seconds to unlatch the trunk c z E164806 61 Locks Press the release button above the license plate to unlatch the trunk Your vehicle must be unlocked or have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk Power Decklid If Equipped WARNINGS Make sure all persons are clear of the power decklid area before using the power decklid control Keep keys out of the reach of children Do not allow children to operate the power decklid or to play near to an open or moving power decklid Note Do not drive with th
312. its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games e 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab If your vehicle is equipped with Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available MyLincoln Touch Weather Ski Conditions Touch this button to view the nearby Touch this button to view ski conditions weather current weather or the five day for a specific area forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing steering wheel controls When of weather locations prompted say any of the Sports Info following commands Press the voice button on the us Tou
313. ivation of devices within the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 In vehicle programming This process is to program your hand held transmitter and your in vehicle HomeLink button Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Universal Garage Door Opener E142658 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage turn your ignition to the on position but do not start your vehicle Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If
314. ive cruise control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer MKZ CCQ enUSA 92 Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Blind Spot Monitor if Equipped OFF 8 es It will illuminate when you switch this feature off or in conjunction with a message See Blind Spot Information System page 196 See Information Messages page 100 Brake System oO It will illuminate when you ieee engage the parking brake with the ignition on If it illuminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING f Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop your vehicle Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Driving extended distances with the parking brake
315. iztanenrsedcccstinavcnunccnteiteass 63 Keyless Starting cesses 139 Ignition MOCES eeessesesesecteeseseeeeeseseeeeneneees 139 Keys and Remote Controls 48 L Lane Keeping System eee 191 Switching the System On and Off 192 Lighting Control sssssisessseississsressrsrssosisesses 77 Headlamp FlaShel ecsesssescseesesseeeeeeeeeeees 77 High Beams Lighting Lincoln Credits out ccsesvedenses nn sea 1 Load CAmryiNG eececccceseeseeteeseteeseseeeees 206 Load EMil eeens 206 Vehicle Loading with and without a Tale isccatstsesecsesatssussesviscedstessstdiineseecatessonse 206 MKZ CC9 enUSA Locking and Unlocking 58 Activating Intelligent Access Autolock Feature i Auto REO CK ccscssciscsssseccsctasasiaseavencsgestsiatacsoreeveses Battery SaVEM Qo ecesesececeeeseseeeseseseeeseeeeeeneees llluminated Entry eeceseseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees lluminated Exit scicccscsscecsseessesssrssesressessteces Luggage Compartment wad Power Decklid If Equipped eee 62 Power Door LOCKS cccecssesssseseseseeeeseeeeeseeees 58 Remote CONTPOL Qn ee eeeececeseeseseeeeecseneeeeeeeeeees 58 SMart WNIOCKS s cccsssisssstisciccavoveecseinsssartie 59 LOCKS ss cenieniasstavctinaciaiasiaaaias 58 Lug Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel 300 M Mainta NC esros 246 General Information 246 Media Hub 1315 Memory Function 125 Easy Entry and Exit Function
316. jects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted Wheels and Tires and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear E142546 When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteen
317. k button to stop movement EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving A BC i E144073 A Left hand mirror B Adjustment control C Right hand mirror To adjust a mirror 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust The control will illuminate 2 Adjust the position of the mirror 3 Press the mirror switch again Windows and Mirrors Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning the mirror to its original position Power Folding Mirrors if Equipped TA COD g E176218 To fold both mirrors make sure you switch your vehicle on with the ignition in accessory mode or the engine running and then 1 Press the control to fold the mirrors 2 Press the control again to unfold Note Once you press the control you cannot stop the mirrors midway through their movement Wait until the mirrors stop moving and press the control again Heated Exterior Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 118 Memory Mirrors You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory Function page 125 MKZ CC9 enUSA Auto Dimming Feature it Equipped The driver s exterior mirror will automatically dim when the interior auto dimming mirror turns on Signal Indicator Mirrors The outer portion
318. k the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up Vehicle Care e Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels Ifthe battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 274 MKZ CCQ enUSA Wheels and Tires TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT ir EQUIPPED Note The temporary mobility kit sealant compound in the canister is to be used for one tire only See your Ford authorized dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters The kit is located in the spare tire well in the trunk The kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects This kit will provide a temporary seal allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 miles 200 kilometers at a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h E144618 Air compressor inside Diverter knob On and off button Air pressure gauge Sealant bottle and canister Sealant filling clear tube QOQmnmo0O0AW D gt Sealant tube tire valve connector I Yellow cap tool I Air compressor hose
319. ke to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon gt Display to access and make adjustments using the touchscreen Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off e If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature MKZ CC9 enUSA Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatib
320. kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you MKZ CC9 enUSA Disclaimer of Liability HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
321. l four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note f your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Wheels and Tires Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used ina tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life Front wheel drive and all wheel drive vehicles front tires on the left side of the diagram a HB 34 All vehicles with directional tires front tires on the left of the diagram E142547 295 MKZ CC9 enUSA a a E147237 Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Summer Tires Your Ford vehicle may be equipped with summer ti
322. l the adjust the period of time that the lever toward you to switch the high beams headlamps will remain on See off Information Displays page 96 77 MKZ CC9 enUSA Lighting When the headlamp switch is in the Autolamps position the windshield wiper activated exterior lamps will turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on The exterior lamps will turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off This feature does not turn on the exterior lamps during a mist wipe e while the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition ifthe wipers are in automatic or intermittent modes Note f you have autolamps and autowipers switched on the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the windshield wipers operate continuously Note You may have to manually switch the headlamps on in severe weather conditions Note f you have autolamps switched on you can only switch the high beam headlamps on once the system has turned the headlamps on INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note f you disconnect and connect the battery or fully discharge and charge the battery the illuminated components will switch to the maximum setting MKZ CC9 enUSA E165337 A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlam
323. le and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display Compatible file formats are as follows Jpg gif png omp Each file must be 1 5 MB or less Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 MyLincoln Touch Sound EN Press the Settings icon gt Sound then select from the following Sound Bass Midrange Treble Set Balance and Fade DSP THX Deep Note Demo Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have these sound settings Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Ts Vehicle then select from the following Ambient Lighting e Vehicle Health Report e Rear View Camera e Enable Valet Mode Ambient Lighting If Equipped When you turn this feature on ambient lighting illuminates footwells and cupholders with a choice of colors To access and make adjustments MKZ CC9 enUSA 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Ambient Lighting 2 Touch the desired color Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity To turn the feature on or off press the power button Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval
324. le the engine is running Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing your vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery e Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note f battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features MKZ CC9 enUSA Brakes Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests Chec
325. leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 Fax 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact MKZ CC9 enUSA FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford
326. light will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Universal Garage Door Opener Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 135 MKZ CC9
327. ll be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME HERE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 406 Appendices This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided 1987 2013 HERE All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA T
328. lls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing and holding this phone button on your steering wheel controls ihe MKZ CC9 enUSA Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to Mute the call e Put the call on hold e Turn on the privacy feature e Join two calls End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from your phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To switch on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On MyLincoln Touch History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also
329. lograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat LO E142595 Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Child Safety Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt Types of Booster Seats E68924 e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat MKZ CC9 enUSA E70710 High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating
330. lometer parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Scheduled Maintenance Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it is time for an oil change Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each oil
331. lowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin clothing or both promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals Fuel and Refueling serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FUEL QUALITY Note We recommend that you use only hig
332. lts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 39 Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 222 Important information regarding the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i e Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Touch Apps gt 911 Assist then select On Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist You can also access 911 Assist by MyLincoln Touch To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the
333. m There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 306 Maintenance State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS f Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation f When lifting a plastic cased batt
334. mately 20 miles 30 kilometers If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached to allow the fluid to cool before checking Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer MKZ CC9 enUSA 255 Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 30 kilometers or until it reaches normal operating temperature Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow a minimum of 10 seconds for each gear to engage Put the gearshift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 4 Note You will need to move the air filter assembly to access the transmission dipstick 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Under hood overview in this chapter for the location of the dipstick Install the dipstick making
335. me of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality Ifthe music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problem persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable media player Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control such as Play or Pause over the attached portable media player MyLincoln Touch PHONE E161968 A Phone B Quick Dial C Phonebook D History E Messaging F Settings Hands free calling is one of the main e Using privacy mode features of SYNC Once you pair your Dialing a number phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands ee While the system supports a variety of Call waiting notification features many are dependent on your e Caller ID cellular phone s functionality e Redialing At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call 359 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your device s manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing Your Phone for the Fi
336. ment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle other vehicles parked next to your vehicle Other short distance radio transmitters such as amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems may operate on the same frequency as your remote control If other transmitters are operating on those frequencies you may not be able to use your remote control Using your remote control near some types of MKZ CCQ enUSA 48 electronic equipment such as USB devices computers or cell phones can interfere with remote operation Operating your remote control near metal or metallic finished purses bags or clothing can interfere with remote operation You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended Note f you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Intelligent Access The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following c
337. merican English Sample commands lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 530 1710 gt lt Channel name gt AM lt 530 1710 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt MyLincoln Touch Sample commands Play album lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM FM Radio Touch the AM or FM tab to listen D to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab MKZ CC9 enUSA Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this butt
338. miles 200 kilometers by performing the procedure from Second stage Checking tire pressure listed previously Removal of the sealant canister from the kit A V E144623 1 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing e E144624 MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 Locate the yellow cap at the end of the t clear tube E144625 3 Using the yellow cap tool press the tab located on the kit compressor housing while pulling up on the sealant canister Installation of the sealant canister to the kit E144626 1 Align the sealant canister with the kit housing 280 Wheels and Tires E161567 2 Once aligned seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click E144628 3 Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing Note f you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister consult your Ford Motor Company authorized dealer for assistance Use By Utiliser avant E144629 MKZ CC9 enUSA Be sure to check the sealant compound s use by date regularly The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle The sealant canister should be replaced after four years TIRE CARE Important information for 245 40R19 low profile tires and wheels If your vehicle is equipped with 245 40R19 tires they are low profile tires These tires and wheels are
339. mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Auto Dimming Mirror Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up Windows and Mirrors SUN VISORS E138666 B a Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade Illuminated Vanity Mirror E162197 Lift the cover to switch the lamp on SUN SHADES rF Equipped Note Do not try to move the sun shade manually The power rear sun shade covers the rear window of the vehicle MKZ CC9 enUSA E145986 The control is in the overhead console The sun shade has a one touch up and down feature Press and release the control to move the sun shade To stop motion press the control a second time The sun shade automatically retracts when you shift the transmission into R Reverse MOONROOF r EquipPeD WARNIN
340. mory seat and mirror positions e program and erase personal entry codes arm and disarm the anti theft alarm release the trunk Note The keypad will not operate a power decklid Locks You can operate the keypad with the factory set 5 digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to five of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other 4 Press 1 2 on the keypad to save personal code 1 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful To program additional personal entry codes repeat Steps 1 3 then for Step 4 press 3 4 to save personal code 2 e press 5 6 to save personal code 3 e press 7 8 to save personal code 4 press 9 0 to save personal code 5 You may also program a personal entry code through the MyLincoln Touch system See Settings page 327 Tips Do not seta code that uses five of the same number Do not use five numbers in sequential order The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code MKZ CC9 enUSA Recalling Memory Positions The programmed entry codes will
341. n Scheduled Maintenance Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six month intervals Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for prope
342. n Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure warning light Possible cause Customer action required Solid warning light Tire s under inflated Make sure tires are at the proper pres sure See Inflating your tires in this chapter After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see
343. n extended operating range E153891 4 Install new batteries with the facing each other 50 MKZ CC9 enUSA Keys and Remote Controls Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See Climate Control page 116 A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when you switched the vehicle off Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if the ignition is on the alarm system is triggered you disable the feature the hood is open the transmission is not in P the vehicle battery voltage is too low the service engine soon light is on Remote Control Feedback An LED on the remote control provides status feedback of remote start or stop commands LED Status Solid green Remote start or extension successful Solid red Remote stop successful engine off Blinking red Remote start or stop failed Blinking green Waiting for status update MKZ CC9 enUSA 51 Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start if you do not follow this sequence E138626 The tag with your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote
344. n in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers Perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers for example the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Perform the engine air filter replacement Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service as required Inspect and lubricate U joints Every 30000 miles 48000 See axle maintenance items under Exceptions km Change automatic transmission fluid MKZ CCQ enUSA 420 Scheduled Maintenance Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Ev
345. n or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing Fuel and Refueling The OBD II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving Drive on an expressway or highway for a steady 15 minutes followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing you will have to repeat the above driving cycle 153 MKZ CC9 enUSA Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully A rase n and make sure your vehicle is in P Park Turn the i
346. n return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully A EUY and make sure the transmission is in P Park Turn the ignition to the lock position or turn the vehicle off using the start stop button and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle A If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer A Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander All Wheel Drive If Equipped Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with Advancetrac with Roll Stability Control it may be beneficial to disengage the Advancetrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Emergency Maneuvers In a
347. n the visor you want to program Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button you want to program The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green Press the same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the indicator light will turn green Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor MKZ CCQ enUSA 134 x a ps oe p x lt view Ale ee 3 AN A EE aN E142662 1 Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on 2 Release the program button Only the smaller round indicator light should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple indicator
348. n two ways e when atleast two objects are detected while driving or turn the ignition from on to off then back on If the blockage is still present after the key cycle the system senses again that it is blocked after driving in traffic Driving Aids Reasons for messages being displayed The radar Clean the fascia area in surface is front of the radar or remove dirty or the obstruction obstructed The radar Drive normally in traffic for surface is a few minutes to allow the not dirty or radar to detect passing obstructed vehicles so it can clear the blocked state Heavy rain No action required The fall snow system automatically resets fall inter to an unblocked state once feres with the rainfall or snowfall rate the radar decreases or stops Do not signals use BLIS or cross traffic alert in these conditions System Limitations The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection The following are other situations that may limit the BLIS e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone e Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone MKZ CC9 enUSA The following are other situations that may limit the cross traffic alert sy
349. n unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid MKZ CC9 enUSA 161 abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel Inthe event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e Ifthe vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels Do not drive your AWD vehicle in deep sand This will cause the AWD system to overheat After the system has cooled down normal AWD function will return
350. n your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands gt Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands MKZ CCQ enUSA 364 PHONE Call Call lt name gt Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work Call lt name gt on cell Call lt name gt on other Call voicemail Dial Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Forward text messages Go to hands free Hold call off Hold on Join calls Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Messages Mute call Pair phone Privacy on Read text message MyLincoln Touch PHONE MESSAGES Reply to text messages Call Turn ringer off Forward text messages Turn ringer on Listen to text message lt gt Unmute call Listen to text messages Help Reply to text messages This command is only available during an Help active call i If you say Messages see the following Messages chart for additional commands INFORMATION E161889 A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts 365 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch D Calendar E SYNC Applications Under the Information menu you can access features such as e SYNC Serv
351. ncoln Touch In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left D corner on the touchscreen then select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands 5 If you are listening to a Bluetooth us audio device press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNINGS A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any MKZ CC9 enUSA WARNINGS handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving
352. nd on indicator lamp Front crash severity sensors e Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors e Restraint system warning light and backup tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights MKZ CC9 enUSA 38 How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and may activate either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS f Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module A All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death A Always transport children 12 years old
353. nd service providers Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE MKZ CC9 enUSA SOFTWARE Transfer You may permane
354. ne ias 327 EntertaiNnmMent s ssessssesessesssesssessesrseseeees 338 MKZ CC9 enUSA CliMa Ennis 377 Navigatio Manosear 380 Accessories ACCESSOTICS cceeceseeseesseseteeeeseeeeseeeeeneees 390 Appendices End User License Agreementt 392 Extended Service Plan ESP Extended Service Plan ESP 410 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information 413 Normal Scheduled Maintenance 417 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled MAINTENANCE ee eceeseeseeseeseeseeeeseeneene 420 Scheduled Maintenance Record 423 MKZ CC9 enUSA Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Lincoln We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING f Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note This manual describes product features and options availa
355. ned on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires E142543 P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example Wheels and Tires A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 9
356. neuver on the opposite side of the parking space The vehicle is farther than 6 5 ft 2 0 m from the parking space The vehicle is closer than 16 in 40 cm from neighboring parked vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space The system does not position the vehicle where want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities A parked vehicle has a high attachment i e salt sprayer snowplow moving truck bed etc The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e driving from a heated garage into the cold or after leaving a car wash 178 MKZ CCQ enUSA Parking Aids REAR VIEW CAMERA r equiprep WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a
357. new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See Navigation page 380 Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the hang up phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu MyLincoln Touch SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands When a route has been us downloaded non navigation systems press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When
358. ng inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Note f your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off See MyKey page 53 The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop up message that appears once the transmission is shifted into R See General Information page 96 If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on See Information Messages page 100 Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 10 inches 25 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding Parking Aids object is detected farther than 10 inches 25 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again E130178 A Coverage area of up
359. ng lamps on Powertrain Fault IIluminates when a powertrain or an AWD fault has been Pa detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after the engine is started it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system OBD has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system Refer to On board diagnostics OBD in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced See Emission Control System page 150 If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Instrument Cluster Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See Emission Control Sy
360. ng the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report command press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report To run a report by voice MyLincoln Touch Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information E148839 CLIMATE Touch the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from this screen Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings page 327 0 3 Miles 70 ka A Power Touch the button to turn the system on and off Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle B Passenger settings Touch the or to increase or decrease the air t
361. nger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor f Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not E151849 Supplementary Restraints System The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator that will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON enabled or OFF disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel Note The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON indicator lamps will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor als
362. ning Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the collision warning system radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of the radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning Not Available Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the colli sion warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible MKZ CCQ enUSA 104 Information Displays Doors and Locks Message Action X Door Ajar Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed Trunk Ajar Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed Hood Ajar Displays when the hood is not completely closed Switches Inhibited Security Mode Displays when the door switches have been disabled Child Lock Malfunction Service Required Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the child locks Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Factory Keypad Code Displays the factory keypad code after the keypad has been XXXXX reset See Keyless Entry page 63 Driver Alert Message Action Driver Alert Warning Rest Now Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested
363. nt passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above MKZ CC9 enUSA J 0 know if the front passenger Ww sensing system is operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center See Getting the Services You Need page 227 SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible If the side airbag has deployed t
364. ntly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure MKZ CCQ enUSA 300 CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNINGS A The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer A If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 296 Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle If you get a flat
365. ntly transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDR M software to access WMDRN protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Appendices Consent to Use of Data Y
366. o start the engine do the following A E155835 1 Remove the rubber covering A in the cupholder Place the remote in the backup slot B at the bottom of the cupholder 2 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the START button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Starting and Stopping the Engine Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Note You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds without the engine starting before the starting system temporarily disables The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once For example if you
367. o turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled Ifthe child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions MKZ CCQ enUSA The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comforta
368. of the appropriate mirror housing will blink when you switch on the direction indicator Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors f Equippeo WARNING f Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors Their design can increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you intend to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes Windows and Mirrors E138665 The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Monitor if equipped See Blind Spot Information System page 196 MKZ CC9 enUSA 86 INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any
369. oing because they reduce your fuel economy Avoid sudden or hard accelerations Avoid revving the engine before turning off the car Avoid long idle periods Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Reduce the use of air conditioning and heat e Avoid using speed control in hilly terrain Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Avoid carrying unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 kilometers liter is lost for every 400 Ibs 180 kilograms of weight carried Avoid adding particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER Note Driving through deep water above the recommended levels can cause vehicle damage Driving Hints If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks E142667 When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes FLOOR MATS E14266
370. oln Touch If you are not listening to a USB device or USB or SD CARD an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the following commands Play TV show episode lt name gt USB or SD CARD Browse Play video lt name gt Play video podcast lt name gt Next Play video podcast episode lt name gt Pause Play video playlist lt name gt Play Previous Play album lt name gt Repeat all Play all Play artist lt name gt Repeat off Repeat one Play audiobook lt name gt Shuffle Play author lt name gt Shuffle album Play composer lt name gt Shuffle off Play folder lt name gt What s this Play genre lt name gt Help If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart r These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent Play movie lt name gt Play music video lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play podcast lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt Play similar music Play song lt name gt Play TV show lt name gt 355 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch
371. omatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See Child Safety page 14 How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode Non inflatable safety belts E142591 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt MKZ CC9 enUSA 32 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode Rear outboard inflatable safety belts second row only if equipped E146363 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt Grasp the lap portion of the belt and pull upward until the entire belt is pulled out Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and
372. ompensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings page 327 MKZ CCQ enUSA 354 Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes such as adding or removing tracks to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse This feature allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request Playing Video from Your Device To access and play video from your device your vehicle s transmission must be in position P with the ignition in accessory mode See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 139 SD Card and USB Voice Commands If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands MyLinc
373. on 5 10 or 15 minutes System check enabled or uncheck disabled Windows Remote check enabled or uncheck disabled Wipers Courtesy Wipe check enabled or uncheck disabled Rain Sensing check enabled or uncheck disabled MyKey MKZ CC9 enUSA Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or User Selectable 99 Information Displays Settings cont d Display Traction Control Always On or User Selectable Max Speed Choose desired speed or off Speed Minder Choose desired speed or off Volume Limiter Always On or User Selectable Do Not Disturb Always On or User Selectable Clear MyKeys Distance Unit Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Choose your applic able setting Temperature Unit Choose your applic able setting Language Choose your applic able setting Speedo in km h check enabled or uncheck disabled INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or E145981 shortened depending upon which cluster Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time type you have 100 MKZ CC9 enUSA Information Di
374. on System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert Bonnet Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood Booster Seats Types of Booster Seats Brake Fluid Check Brakes General Information Breaking In Bulb Specification Chart C Cabin Air Filter California Proposition 65 Capacities and Specifications Technical Specifications Car Wash See Cleaning the Exterior Center Console Changing a Bulb Lamp Assembly Condensation Replacing Bulbs Changing a Fuse Changing a Road Wheel Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly INFOMATION IAEE E 301 Stowing the flat tire 304 Tire Change Procedure 302 Changing the 12V Battery 259 Changing the Engine Air Filter 265 2 0L EcoBoost Engine 265 SAL ENGING icsssssesssseessescavenvns 265 Changing the Wiper Blades 261 Checking MyKey System Status 55 Checking the Wiper Blades 261 MKZ CCQ enUSA 434 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Maintenance Child Safety General Information Child Safety Locks 28 Left Hand SIME ssa csccssessesctsatscasssvessievessnosesvsents 28 Right Hand Sidens 28 Child Seat Positioning cece 26 Cleaning Leather Seats 271 Cleaning Products 267 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 271 Cleaning the Engine 268 Cleaning the Exterior 267 Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts 268 Exterior Chrome 268 Stripes or Graphics if equipped 26
375. on is on press the high or low heated seat switch to enable heating mode When activated they will turn off automatically when you turn the engine off VENTILATED SEATS Ff Equipped The ventilated seats will only function when the engine is running A C E146309 To operate the ventilated seats Press the ventilated seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on the feature will turn itself off and you will need to reactivate it MKZ CC9 enUSA Heated and ventilated seat air filter replacement if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with lifetime air filters that are integrated with the seats Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed REAR SEAT ARMREST a E144635 Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder To open the storage lid pull up on the latch located between the cupholders Armrest pass through Note Do not exceed 80 pounds 36 kilograms of weight on the pass through door Seats E152622 Release the latch then pull down on the door located in the back of the armrest You can store cargo of a longer length such as skis or lumber 130 MKZ CC9 enUSA Universal Garage Door Opener Home ink Wireless Control System If Equipped WARNING f Do not use the system with any garage door opener that do
376. on to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass e Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings MyLincoln Touch Set PTY for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button This feature is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Touch this button to enter the desired station number manually Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Inf
377. on warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation Driving Aids The warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control See General Information page 96 Note f co lision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings See General Information page 96 Blocked Sensors JES 4 A E ee E145632 If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille When the sensors are obstructed a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruc tion The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message
378. onditions are met You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle You press the luggage compartment button You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low you may need to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation See Remote Control page 49 Keys and Remote Controls REMOTE CONTROL Intelligent Access Key E144506 Your intelligent access keys to operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push button start system Removable Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door P EI Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off to access the key blade E151796 MKZ CC9 enUSA AAN O HH EHH SAVE FOR CUSTOMER RECORDS E151795 Note Your vehicle s backup keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery
379. onnected or a new battery is installed If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note Do not rock your vehicle if your engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to your transmission may occur Note Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to your transmission and tires may occur or your engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow you can help rock your vehicle out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear All Wheel Drive If Equipped USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE All wheel drive uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Note A warning message will be displayed in the information display when an AWD system fault is present See Information Messages
380. oosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Bolt size lb ft Nm M12 x 1 5 100 135 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance Such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 305 MKZ CC9 enUSA Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine 3 7L V6 Engine Cubic inches 122 227 Required fuel Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 octane Compression ratio 9 3 1 10 5 1 Spark plug gap 0 027 0 031 in 0 70 0 80 mm 0 049 0 053 in 1 25 1 35 mm 2 0L EcoBoost Engine Drivebelt Routing er 3 7L Engine A 9 cO amp G L e E146428 MOTORCRAFT PARTS E142480 A B p gt C AZ 2 Long drivebelt is on first pulley groove closest to engine Short drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engine Component 2 0L EcoBoost Engine 3 7L V6 Engine 1 Air filter element FA 1912 Oil filter FL 910S FL 500 S Battery BXT 96R 500 BXT 65 650 306 MKZ CC9 enUSA
381. oper system operation Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera s field of view repaired MKZ CC9 enUSA 79 Note f the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings bug splatter snow or ice and you do not observe changes the system will go into low beam mode until you clear the blockage A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked Note Typical road dust dirt and water spots will not affect the performance of the automatic high beam system However in cold or inclement weather conditions you will notice a decrease in the availability of the high beam system especially at start up If you want to change the beam state independently of the system you may switch the high beams on or off using the multifunction switch Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct Note Modification of the vehicle ride height such as using much larger tires may degrade feature performance A camera sensor centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle continuously monitors conditions to decide when to switch the high beams off and on Once the system is active the high beams will switch on if the ambient light level is low enough there is no traffic in front of the vehicle e the vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph 40 km h The high beams will switch off if e the system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the t
382. ormation If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets MKZ CC9 enUSA HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen E142616 The HD Radio logo either blinks when acquiring a digital station and then stays solid when digital audio is playing or is grey when acquiring a digital station and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen MyLincoln Touch The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save
383. ote Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been ina crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See MyLincoln Touch page 317 Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store you
384. oth Audio 357 Browsing Device Content 338 CD OE 1351 SD Card Slot and USB Pott eee 352 Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated 346 Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information 356 EPB See Electric Parking Brake Essential Towing Checks Before Towing a Trailer FHIRCIN ES esii ia Safety Chains Trailer Brakes Trailer Lamps When Towing a Trailer 216 Event Data Recording See Data Recording e sessesereserresrrersrerssress Export Unique Options Extended Service Plan ESP 4 410 SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY 411 SERVICE PLANS U S Onlly 410 Exterior Mirrors sssseeeseceeeseeseneeeeeeeeeees 84 Auto Dimming Feature 85 Blind Spot MONItOF ce eseeeseeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 86 Fold Away Exterior Mirrors 85 Heated Exterior Mirrors Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors eee 85 Memory Mirrors ceseseecsseeesseseeeeeseeseseeeeteeees 85 Power Exterior Mirrors 84 Power Folding MirrOrs csseceseeseseeeceeeeeees 85 Signal Indicator Mirrors eee 85 F Fastening the Safety Belts 30 Rear Inflatable Safety Belt eee 33 Safety Belt Extension Assembly 34 Safety Belt Locking Modes 31 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy 31 Flat Tire Inflation See Temporary Mobility Kit ee 275 Flor Matsier 221 Front Passenger Sensing System 41 Fuel and Refueling eesscsesese
385. other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 Maintenance Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage MKZ CC9 enUSA If you drive in extremely hot climates It may be necessary to
386. ou agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you MKZ CC9 enUSA 394 Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS
387. ou can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully MKZ CC9 enUSA 398 Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the
388. ou might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank Fuel and Refueling Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Do not rely on this fuel for driving The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into the tank after the gauge indicates empty The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size it is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve Filling the Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results ifthe engine is left running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added MKZ CCQ enUSA 1
389. ou touch the open control Automatic Glass Movement When the retractable panoramic roof is open it will automatically move to a position less than full open under certain vehicle conditions This helps to reduce wind noise If the glass is between this position and full open and your vehicle reaches a high speed the glass will automatically move to the defined position You can override automatic movement by touching the moonroof open or close control The feature will remain overridden until you switch the ignition off and then back on Power Sunscreen The power sunscreen covers the panoramic roof glass The sunscreen control is in the overhead console E173113 The sunscreen has a one touch open and close feature Push the control to move the sunscreen To stop motion press the control a second time Windows and Mirrors The sunscreen must be open before opening the moonroof If you press the control while the sunscreen is in its closed position the sunscreen will open first followed by the moonroof If both the sunscreen and moonroof are open and you touch the moonroof close control the moonroof will close first followed by the sunscreen 89 MKZ CC9 enUSA Instrument Cluster GAUGES E152749 A Tachometer B Information display C Speedometer D Fuel gauge E Engine coolant temperature gauge Information Display Outside Air Temperature Odometer Shows the outside air temperature Loca
390. our vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic Introduction information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See MyLincoln Touch page 317 Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling and Where the driver was
391. out of a bend or curve in the road In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly The driver should stay alert and intervene when necessary If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs the radar sensing zone may change This could cause missed or false vehicle detections See an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation System Not Available Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include a blocked sensor high brake temperature e a failure in the system or a related system MKZ CCQ enUSA 188 Blocked Sensor WARNINGS A Do not use the system when towing a trailer with brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when you switch the system on because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury A Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury L JE i E145632 A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and will not
392. over Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Navigation Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Turn the Parking POI notification on and off MKZ CCQ enUSA 332 MyLincoln Touch Navigation Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Preferences Have the system use guidance prompts Have the system automatically fill in State Province in
393. ovides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone and Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt then Voice Control 2 Select from the following e Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts e Media Candidate Lists e Phone Candidate Lists e Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands MKZ CC9 enUSA 1 Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2 Say any of the following commands Voice settings using voice commands Confirmation prompts off Confirmation prompts on Interaction mode advanced Interaction mode novice Media candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Phone candidate lists on Help Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen O
394. play and both the instrument cluster and push button transmission display P 219 MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving e When running errands go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home e Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds Traveling at 65 mph 105 kph uses about 15 less fuel than traveling at 75 mph 121 kph Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size MKZ CCQ enUSA Use the recommended engine oil Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some things you may want to avoid d
395. position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips Child Safety E142596 aoe A A If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way MKZ CC9 enUSA HRK 26 WARNINGS back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained
396. positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur MKZ CCQ enUSA 10 Note Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an event data recorder special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Introduction N
397. positions 2 Press and hold the desired pre set button for about five seconds A chime will sound after about two seconds Continue holding until a second chime is heard Within three seconds press the lock button on the remote control you are linking To unlink a remote control follow the same procedure except in step 3 press the unlock button on the remote control Note To stop seat movement during a recall press any driver seat adjustment control any of the memory buttons or any mirror control switch Seat movement will also stop if you move your vehicle Note f more than one linked remote control or IA key is in range the memory function will move to the settings of the first key stored Easy Entry and Exit Function If you enable the easy entry and exit feature it automatically moves the driver seat position rearward up to five centimeters when the transmission selector lever is in position P and you remove the key or the keyless start ignition is turned off Seats The driver seat will return to the previous 1 Pull the handle to release the position when you put the key in the seatback ignition or the keyless start ignition is 2 Push the seatback forward activated You can turn off the easy entry and exit feature by using the driver information display REAR SEATS Note Your vehicle may have split seatbacks that you must fold individually Note Make sure the center sa
398. pressing the brake pedal Both ways re enable the fuel system Note When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe then the vehicle will allow you to restart Note n the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt contact an authorized dealer Roadside Emergencies JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in personal injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Use only an adequate sized cable with insulated clamps Preparing Your Vehicle Note Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn all accessories off MKZ CC9 enUSA Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not attach the cables to fuel lines engine
399. pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles MKZ CC9 enUSA Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Wheels and Tires Note f you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pr
400. printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved MKZ CC9 enUSA 392 The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software a
401. prompted say any of the following commands SERVICES Cancel route Navigation voice off Navigation voice on Next turn Route status Route summary 369 MKZ CC9 enUSA MyLincoln Touch SERVICES Services Update route Help Sirius Travel Link f Equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1 i s oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note n order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing ofall traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link MKZ CC9 enUSA 370 Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or
402. ps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on Lighting DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS cr EQUIPPED WARNING f Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system switches the signature lamps on in day light conditions To switch the system on switch the ignition on and switch the lighting control to the off autolamp or parking lamp position AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL iF equiped The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle the tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street lighting the system will turn off the high beams before they distract other drivers The low beams remain on Note f it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly check the windshield in front of the camera for a blockage A clear view of the road is required for pr
403. psS ce 261 Changing a BUID ee eceeeeeteeeeee 263 Bulb Specification Chart eee 263 Changing the Engine Air Filter 265 Vehicle Care General Information eee 267 Cleaning Products 267 Cleaning the Exterior eee 267 WAXING diaisseiticcssntsaciianseateaunessaees 268 Cleaning the Engine eee 268 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper BAGS sicssssssiststscasiciscsaresdesasiaigatocacesstdeaves 269 Cleaning the Interior eee 269 Table of Contents Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens 270 Cleaning Leather Seats eee 271 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 271 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 6 271 Vehicle Storage cccecceeesseeteeeeeeeees 272 Wheels and Tires Temporary Mobility Kit 275 Tire Cafeer ae a nn 281 Using Snow Chains 296 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 296 Changing a Road Wheel 300 Technical Specifications ee 305 Capacities and Specifications Engine Specifications eee 306 Motorcraft Parts cceceseeeseeeeeteeees 306 Vehicle Identification Number 308 Vehicle Certification Label 309 Transmission Code Designation 309 Technical Specifications 310 Audio System General Information cc eee 313 Audio unit Vehicles With Premium AM PMC Dr er EAs 314 Media HU b ssssssssssssssssssssressesssesssssessresseesse 315 MyLincoln Touch General Information 317 SOUUNGS ien
404. ptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines 229 Customer Assistance You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program
405. ptions Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system MyLincoln Touch SETTINGS E161968 Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings nmo 0w gt Help Under this menu you can set hs your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you MKZ CC9 enUSA Note f the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time MyLincoln Touch From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 hour or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you ma
406. r page 46 Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the back seats The side curtain airbags will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the side curtain airbags included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side curtain airbags MKZ CC9 enUSA 46 CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module The restraints control module deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag knee airbag s seat mounted side airbags side curtain airbags and optional rear inflatable safety belts Based on the type of crash frontal impact or side impact the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safe
407. r to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls f Equipped Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled If required you can switch this feature off using the information display controls See Principle of Operation page 170 Switching the System Off Using a Switch if Equipped The button is located in the instrument panel Press the button You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display Press the button again to return the system to normal mode MKZ CCQ enUSA 170 When you switch the traction control system off stability control remains fully active System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING A If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an
408. r vehicle if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle SecuriLock The system helps prevent your vehicle from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key it is not operating properly A message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after switching the ignition off MKZ CC9 enUSA Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms your vehicle Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two intelligent access keys The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system as well as a remote control If your programmed transmitters are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys Store an extra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare In
409. r if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold In the United States Using Roadside Assistance United States Lincoln vehicle clients who need Roadside Assistance call 1 800 521 4140 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest Lincoln dealership within 100 0 mi 161 km To obtain reimbursement information United States Lincoln vehicle clients call 1 800 521 4140 Ford Motor Company will ask clients to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian clients who need roadside assistance call 1 800 387 9333 Roadside Emergencies Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside Assistance Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the United States coverage Please refer to your warranty information or visit our website at www lincolncanada com for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian customers who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 387 9333 or visit our website at www lincolncanada com HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will lose charge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle The hazard warning bu
410. r operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Check every six months Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag and safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right itis important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems We recommend having the following multi point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi Point inspection Accessory drive belt s Hazard warning system operation Battery performance Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator cooler heater and air conditioning hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage Exterior lamps operation Steering and linkage Fluid levels fill if necessary Tires including spare tor wear and proper pressure For oil and fluid leaks Windshield for cracks chips or pits Half shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission and window washer Ifyour vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date
411. r other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E151127 MKZ CC9 enUSA 40 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of driver and passenger airbag modules front passenger sensing system e A system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 crash sensors and monitoring Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module To properly position yourself away from the airbag Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly s
412. r vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See MyLincoln Touch page 317 MKZ CC9 enUSA 11 CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING f Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal For more information visit Web Address www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate LINCOLN CREDIT Lincoln Automotive Financial Services offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Lincoln Automotive Financial Services thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 888 498 8801 Introduction For more information regarding Lincoln Automotive Financial Services as well as access Account Manager please go to www LincolnAFS com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards u
413. raint type Infants or toddlers Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small children Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat gener ally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four and less than age 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recom mended by child restraint manufacturer Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seat back upright MKZ CC9 enUSA 15 Child Safety e You are required by law to properly use Safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements
414. rate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours a day seven days a week Throughout the life of the vehicle for original owners For six years or 70 000 0 mi 12 654 08 km whichever comes first within the extended powertrain warranty coverage period for subsequent owners Roadside assistance will cover A flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles supplied with a tire mobility kit Battery jump start e Lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility Fuel delivery independent service contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 00 gal 7 57 L of gasoline or 5 00 gal 18 93 L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period MKZ CC9 enUSA Winch out available within 100 0 ft 30 48 m of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e Towing Lincoln eligible vehicles to the client s selling or preferred dealer within 100 0 mi 161 km of the disablement location or to the nearest Lincoln dealer If a client requests a tow to a selling or preferred dealer that is more than 100 0 mi 161 km from the disablement location the client shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 100 0 mi 161 km Roadside Assistance will include up to 200 coverage for a towed traile
415. re in object code form only in order to access and use the Telenav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties MKZ CCQ enUSA 400 3 1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav c remove from the Telenav Software or alter any of Telenav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software or e use the Telenav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous
416. re active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Graphics Playing video Editing the screen s wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Messages Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas MKZ CC9 enUSA 321 MyLincoln Touch Privacy Information When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur MKZ CCQ enUSA 322 The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in your vehicle unless you delete
417. recall driver memory positions as follows Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory positions Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory positions Entry code 3 will recall driver 3 memory positions Note Personal entry codes 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Press and release 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Press and hold 1 2 for two seconds You must do this within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the unlock button on the remote control e switching the ignition on e unlocking your vehicle using intelligent access Locks Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note A doors will unlock if you enable the all door unlocking mode See Locking and Unlocking page 58 To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 3 4
418. recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service MKZ CC9 enUSA 422 Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter and cabin air filter replacement The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter Scheduled Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD 2 o a O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 2 ni O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 423 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT inspection recommended O Signature 424 MKZ CC9 enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT O soe i
419. remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Lincoln ESP thereby improving resale value Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle Lincoln Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Windshield wiper blades e Spark plugs except in California The clutch disc Brake pads and linings Shock absorbers e Belts and hoses Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment MKZ CC9 enUSA Interest Free Finance Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Lincoln ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles To learn more call our Lincoln ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 0039 SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your
420. rential All 2 4 pt 1 15L Motorcraft SAE 80W XY 80W90 QL Wheel Drive fluid 90 Premium Rear Axle WSP M2C197 A Lubricant Power Transfer Unit 12 fl oz 0 35L Motorcraft SAE 75W XY 75W140 QL PTU fluid All Wheel 140 Synthetic Rear Axle WSL M2C192 A re Lubricant Drive 2 0L EcoBoost 5 7 qt 5 4L Motorcraft SAE 5W 30 XO 5W30 QSP f 567 or equivalent motor oil WSS M2C946 A engine oil 37L V6 id 6 qt 5 7L Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 XO 5W20 QSP a ct or equivalent motor oil WSS M2C945 A 2 0L EcoBoost 8 8 qt 8 4L Motorcraft Orange VC 3DIL B U S 8 engine coolant MKZ CCQ enUSA Antifreeze Coolant Prediluted 310 CVC 3DIL B Canada WSS M97B44 D2 Capacities and Specifications Item 3 7L V6 engine 8 coolant Capacity 97 qt 9 2L Ford part name or equi valent Ford part number Ford specification Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S Premium Quality Wind shield Washer Fluid Canada ZC 32 A U S CXC 37 A B D and F Canada WSB M8B 16 A2 2 0L EcoBoost engine front wheel drive fuel tank 16 5 gal 62 5L 2 0L EcoBoost engine all wheel drive fuel tank 17 5 gal 66 2L 3 7L V6 engine front wheel drive or all wheel drive fuel tank 17 5 gal 66 2L Not applicable Not applicable A C Refrigerant 3 7L Engines 1 50 Ib 0 68 kg
421. res to provide superior performance on wet and dry roads Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow M S or M S tire traction rating on the tire side wall Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All season or Snow tires Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 40 F 5 C or below depending on tire wear and environmental conditions or in snow and ice conditions Like any tire summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions If you must drive in those conditions Ford recommends using Mud and Snow M S M S All season or Snow tires Wheels and Tires USING SNOW CHAINS WARNINGS A If you choose to install snow tires on your vehicle they must be the same size construction and load range as the original tires listed on the tire placard and they must be installed on all four wheels Mixing tires of different size or construction on your vehicle can adversely affect your vehicle s handling and braking and may lead to loss of vehicle control Do not use snow chains or cables A aruse on this vehicle as they may cause damage to your vehicle which may lead to loss of vehicle control Snow chains have not been approved for use on your vehicle The original equipment tires on your vehicle may have an all weather tread design to provide traction handling and braking performance in year round driving You may install snow
422. ressor driven refrigerators e Measuring devices which process precise data for example medical equipment or measuring equipment e Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply for example microcomputer controlled electric blankets or touch sensor lamps MKZ CC9 enUSA 137 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE OVERHEAD CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include E146582 A B E75193 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it Front storage bin with auxiliary power point Cupholders Storage compartment with auxiliary power point and media hub Auxiliary power point 110 volt AC power point 138 MKZ CC9 enUSA Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS f Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system creating the risk of fire f Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle
423. rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Stay clear of moving parts To avoid reverse polarity connections make sure that you correctly identify the positive and negative terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables Note n the illustration the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle his 1 Y Ze ANI 2 A Na SES 4 E142664 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 224 Roadside Emergencies 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or connect the negative cable to a ground connection point if available WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms as shown in your tachometer 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been sta
424. rom your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child A All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends MKZ CC9 enUSA 14 WARNINGS checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or go to http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gce ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size height weight or age Recommended rest
425. ross traffic alert mode Once shifted back into D Drive BLIS turns back on when the vehicle is driven above 5 mph 8 km h Note BL S does not function in R Reverse or P Park or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on Note Cross traffic alert detects approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet 14 meters away though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness WARNING f To help avoid personal injury NEVER use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space Cross traffic alert is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist Driving Aids E142440 In this first example the left sensor is only partially obstructed zone coverage is nearly maximized E142441 Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here the left sensor is mostly obstructed zone coverage on that side is severely limited 197 MKZ CC9 enUSA Driving Aids System Lights and Messages E142442 The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of the vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when nighttime darkness is detected Cross traffic alert also sounds an audible warning and a mess
426. rst Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1 oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device MKZ CC9 enUSA 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your device s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displ
427. rted run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected MKZ CC9 enUSA er Ps ry LD E142665 1 4 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface or connecting point if available Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge Roadside Emergencies POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The horn and lamps will turn off when The hazard control button is pressed The panic button if equipped is pressed on the remote entry transmitter e Your vehicle runs out of power Spinout Detection If a spinout is detected the vehicle comes to a stop and the hazard warning flashers come on The message Spinout Detected Hazards Activated will also appear on the instrument cluster The mess
428. rts A Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver s seat power mirrors and optional power steering column The memory control is located on the drivers door Seats E142554 Saving a Pre Set Position 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Adjust the seat exterior mirrors and power steering column to your desired position 3 Press and hold the desired pre set button until you hear a single chime Up to three pre set memory positions may be saved Amemory pre set may be saved at any time Recalling a Pre Set Position Press and release the pre set button associated with your desired driving position The seat mirrors and steering column will move to the position stored for that pre set Note A pre set memory position can only be recalled when the ignition is off or when the transmission selector lever is in position P or N and your vehicle is not moving if the ignition is on A pre set memory position can also be recalled by pressing the unlock button on your remote control or intelligent access key if it is linked to a pre set position MKZ CC9 enUSA 126 Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Your vehicle can save the pre set memory positions for up to three remote controls or intelligent access IA keys 1 With the ignition on move the memory positions to the desired
429. runk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle E144403 MKZ CC9 enUSA The handle is located inside the luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door lid or near the tail lamps It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door lid to open from within the luggage compartment Security PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting your vehicle Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart you
430. s Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or gt button Use the arrow buttons to get to a feature 4 Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the vehicle off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings Press OK or gt to make a selection CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once MykKey To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear MyKey and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MykKeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to cle
431. s Learned Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum number of keys have been programmed Not Enough Keys Learned Displayed during spare key programming when not enough keys have been programmed MKZ CCQ enUSA 106 Information Displays Message Action Key Battery Low Replace Soon Displays when the key battery is low Change the battery as soon as possible Could Not Program Integrated Key Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key using two existing MyKeys Engine On Displays to inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle and the engine is on Lane Keeping System Message Action Lane Keeping Sys Malfunction Service Required The system has malfunctioned Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Front Camera Tempor arily Not Available The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to be temporarily unavailable Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen Front Camera Malfunc tion Service Required The system has detected a condition that requires the wind shield to be cleaned to operate properly The system has malfunctioned Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Keep Hands on Steering Wheel MKZ CC9 enUSA Displayed when the system requests the driver to keep their hands on the steering wheel 107 Information Displays Ma
432. s using icons such as Restaurant Business center Handicap facilities e Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Pool Wi fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and checkout times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs Display your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF MyLincoln Touch Turn List Format Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification Set the automatic parking point of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking point of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display Route Preferences Preferred Route Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes t
433. s and suppliers on the other hand For purposes of these terms HERE shall mean a HERE North America LLC with respect to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region and b HERE Europe BV for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa The Data includes certain information and related content provided under license to HERE from third parties and is subject to the applicable supplier terms and copyright notices set forth at the following URL http corporate navteq com supplier_terms html TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you MKZ CC9 enUSA 404 agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as yo
434. s below the MIN level do not drive the vehicle An underfill condition may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage Correct fluid level Se Tan E158843 The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles 30 kilometers of driving MKZ CC9 enUSA The transmission fluid level should be targeted within the cross hatch area if at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C High fluid level 6 ees SE E158844 If the fluid level is above the MAX range of the dipstick remove fluid to reach the hashmark level Note Fluid level above the MAX level may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels MIN pesed MAX D 4 E158845 257 Maintenance MIN RSMA SSS Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Technical Sp
435. s not adjustable CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets Fine mist covers less than 50 of the Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Bulbs For replacing bulbs see your authorized dealer BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America to make sure they have the proper lamp performance light brightness light pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly
436. s to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can MKZ CC9 enUSA choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing ona satellite radio channel Note Sirius does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN Sirius requires this number when communicating with you about your account Direct Tune Touch this button to enter the desired satellite channel number manually Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations MyLincoln Touch Sirius Satellite Radio Information Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes T om S ATEtLttLiI R AD
437. s will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed Mislock If any door or the luggage compartment is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See General Information page 96 Opening the Luggage Compartment D Yaga Press twice within three seconds 39 to open the luggage compartment Make sure to close and latch the luggage compartment before driving your vehicle An unlatched luggage compartment may cause objects to fall out or block your view Activating Intelligent Access You must have the intelligent access key within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At a Door Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and open the door Make sure not to touch the lock sensor on top of the handle MKZ CC9 enUSA E146044 Touch the top of the door handle to lock your vehicle There will be a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle again Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation At the Luggage Compartment E164806 Press the exterior release button hidden above the license plate Smart Unlocks This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartmen
438. s with updated map releases E162051 Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D Heading up 2D map always P shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen MyLincoln Touch 3D map mode provides an y oN elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route SIRIUS Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route this icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle s current location Re center the map by pressing Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto
439. sessment of your alertness indicates that you should rest as soon as safely possible The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red The yellow position indicates the first warning is active and the red position indicates the second warning is active Note f you have recently received a warning you should consider resting even ifthe current assessment is with the typical range Note f the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if your vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph 64 km h the alertness level will change to grey for a short time and the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable MKZ CC9 enUSA Resetting the System You can reset the system by either Switching the ignition off and on Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver s door LANE KEEPING SYSTEM reauiprep WARNING The system is designed to aid the driver It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system works above 40 mph 64 km h Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note f the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function Note When Aid mode is on
440. sing quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FOMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During MKZ CCQ enUSA 12 vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to t
441. sing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi 2 9 bar Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Wheels and Tires Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated MKZ CCQ enUSA Information Contai
442. sitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control e Make sure your hands are clean and dry Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on e VOL Control the volume of playing media e Fan Control the speed of the climate system fan e Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system MyLincoln Touch e SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing THX Deep Note Demo Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options Hazard flasher Switch the hazard flashers off
443. splays Certain messages need to be confirmed Active Park before you can access the menus Message Action Active Park Fault Displayed when the system needs service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Adaptive Cruise Control Message Action Adaptive Cruise Malfunction Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC from engaging See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 183 Adaptive Cruise Not Available Displayed when conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 183 Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 183 Normal Cruise Active Automatic Braking Turned Off Front Sensor Not Aligned Displayed when the automatic braking has been disabled Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC from engaging Adaptive Cruise Driver Resume Control Displayed when the adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to Activate Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise Adaptive Cruise Shift Down Displays when the adaptive cruise is automatically adj
444. ss the push button ignition switch Programming is now complete Verify the remote control functions operate and your vehicle starts with the new intelligent access key If programming was not successful wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7 If you are still unsuccessful take your vehicle to your authorized dealer ANTI THEFT ALARM cr equiprep The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It will be triggered if any door the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key remote control or keyless entry keypad The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is nota key in the ignition Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions Security Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad e Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle Usea key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds Note Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators but will not disarm the system 69 MKZ CC9 enUSA Steering Wheel
445. ssaibasessciesspnsnsbnees 67 PATS See Passive Anti Theft System 67 Perchlorate 439 MKZ CC9 enUSA Personal Safety System eee 38 How Does the Personal Safety System WOK sesnnannnnsn mnanaa 38 PRONE resene n e a 359 Making CallStreet srainsett 361 Pairing Subsequent Phones 360 Pairing Your Phone for the First Ann E A 360 Phone Menu Options 361 Phone Setti Secesia 363 Phone Voice COMMANGS cesses 364 Receiving CallS ee eeeeeceseceeteseeeeesteseeeeeeeenes 361 Text Messaging 362 Post Crash Alert System 226 Spinout Detection cesses 226 Power Door Locks See Locking and Unlocking 58 Power SCAT sa istitecescsiccsetensasassssteasoseessnianass 123 Multi Contour Front Seats With Active Motion If Equipped eeeeseeeeeeees 124 Power Lumbat c ceeee we l24 Power Steering Fluid Check 258 Power WiNdOWG cseesesesceceeeeeeeeeseneneees 83 Accessory Delay esecsesecsceseeeseeseceeeeteseeeseeeees 84 BOURCEBACKs sidissecsesstizvaseatacsescassusesaeavavsnsasesbes 83 One Touch DOW ssinaniicccanuaui 83 One Touch Up Window Lock R Rear Seat Armrest eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 129 Armrest paSs through ccescseseseeeeesenees 129 Rear Seats a Rear View Camera 179 Using the Rear View Camera System 179 Rear View Camera See Rear View Camera 179 Recommended Towing Weights REFUCLING eee cceeteeeeteteeeeeees E
446. st A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation 259 Maintenance Note f a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery Some engine computer settings like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy optimize the driveability and performance of the engine Some other computer settings like the clock and radio station presets are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery When a technician disconnec
447. start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise It can be switched on or off in the information display See General Information page 96 Note f the vehicle has been remote started with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle With an intelligent access transmitter you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically Keys and Remote Controls The parking lamps will remain on and the To re program the passive anti theft vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes system see an authorized dealer depending on the setting Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes the second 10 minutes will begin after what is left of the first activation time For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15 minutes You can ext
448. stem e Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h Driving in reverse faster than 5 mph 8 km h Backing out of an angled parking spot False Alerts Note f a trailer is connected to the vehicle the BLIS system may detect the trailer causing a false alert You may want to turn the BLIS off manually There may be certain instances when either the BLIS or cross traffic alert systems illuminate the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone this is known as a false alert Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the BLIS telltale will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display All other system faults will only be displayed by a message in the information display Switching the Systems Off and On One or both systems can be switched off temporarily by using the information display control See General Information page 96 When the BLIS is switched off you will not receive alerts and a telltale illuminates in the information display Driving Aids Note The CTA system always switches on whenever the ignition is switched on However the BLIS system will remember the last selected on or off setting One or both systems cannot be switched off when MyKey is used See
449. stem page 150 Stability Control It will flash when the system is PaA active If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately See Using Stability Control page 172 Stability Control Off It will illuminate when you switch the system off It will go out when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off See Using Stability Control page 172 Trunk Ajar Displays when the ignition is on and the trunk is not completely closed MKZ CC9 enUSA AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver s door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position Keyless Warning Alert ir Equipped Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN indicating your vehicle is still on Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by an aut
450. style If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation MKZ CC9 enUSA 203 DRIVE CONTROL LINCOLN DRIVE CONTROL Lincoln Drive Control delivers the Lincoln driving experience through a suite of sophisticated electronic vehicle systems These systems continuously monitor your driving inputs and the road conditions to optimize ride comfort steering handling powertrain response and sound You can preset your preferences for these systems within the information display Lincoln Drive Control will respond to your preferences based on what gear position you select This provides a single location to control multiple systems performance settings Lincoln Drive Control consists of the following systems e Continuously controlled damping dynamically adjusts the shock absorbers stiffness in real time to match the road surface and driver inputs This system continuously monitors your vehicle s motion roll pitch bounce suspension position load speed road conditions and steering to adjust the suspension damping for optimal vehicle control Electronically power assisted steering adjusts steering effort and feel based on your vehicle speed and your inputs e Active noise control utilizes your vehicle electronics to enhance the
451. sure it is fully seated in the filler tube by turning it to the locked position Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature Maintenance Moving the Air Filter Assembly Accessing the Dipstick WARNING Do not run engine with the air filter disconnected A E158840 3 Remove the bolt cover if equipped 4 Remove two bolts that attach the air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle B 5 Loosen the clamp holding the air filter assembly to the rubber hose A 6 Remove the harness retaining clip by pulling up C Do not disconnect the sensor D 7 Without disconnecting the sensor D pull the air filter assembly up to disconnect the air filter assembly from the seated grommets located underneath the air filter assembly E158839 1 Shut the engine off 2 Clean the area around the clamp that connects the air filter assembly to the rubber hose A E158841 8 Rotate the air filter assembly 90 degrees counterclockwise and reinstall into the rubber hose 256 MKZ CC9 enUSA Maintenance 9 Tighten the clamp A 10 The transmission fluid level indicator can now be accessed Checking the fluid level Low fluid level gt C MIN SSS MA E158842 If the fluid level is below the MIN range of the dipstick add fluid to reach the hash mark level Note f the fluid level i
452. sure the belt webbing is not twisted 17 Child Safety E142531 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it E142875 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 18 MKZ CC9 enUSA E142533 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 w C3 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward
453. t add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Switch on or switch off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 365 Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification MyLincoln Touch Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you whe
454. t arrow key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Fuel Economy Trip1 amp 2 Choose between the standard N or enhanced trip display Information Displays Trip 1 amp 2 Trip odometer Elapsed trip time Average fuel economy Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information Trip odometer shows the accumulated trip distance Trip Timer timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted Average fuel economy shows the average fuel economy for a given trip Fuel Economy Use the left or right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy Driver Assist Use the up or down arrow 7 buttons to choose between the following display options Driver Assist Traction Control check enabled or uncheck disabled Blindspot check enabled or uncheck disabled Collision Warn Sensitivity High Normal or Low Cross Traffic check enabled or uncheck disabled 97 MKZ CC9 enUSA Information Displays Driver Assist Cruise Control Adaptive or Normal Driver Alert check enabled or uncheck disabled Driver Alert Display check enabl
455. t may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyLincoln Touch system controls most of the audio features See Entertainment page 338 Audio System F eK bol TUNE VOL E146318 A CD slot Insert a CD Eject Eject a CD C TUNE In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of the TUNE buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction In SIRIUS mode select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc use the TUNE buttons find to the previous or next channel in the selected category W Volume Swipe your finger across bar to adjust the volume level on your system Power Switch the audio system on and off by pressing the button Seek Fast Forward Reverse Press to go to the previous or next track or available radio station Press and hold to either reverse or fast forward through the current track or to quickly reverse or advance through the radio band in individual increments MEDIA HUB The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features 315 MKZ CC9 enUSA Audio System d
456. t of interest categories on the map at one time POI Point Of Interest icons Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route MyLincoln Touch Waypoint indicates the location of P a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access K O Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint MKZ CC9 enUSA Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this bu
457. t or ignore the notification before making the route deviation MyLincoln Touch Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF Avoid Areas Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways MKZ CC9 enUSA 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improve
458. t or rear cargo area Locks When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open vehicle in park and ignition off your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the last door If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound twice indicating that a key is inside You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle To do this lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by e using the keyless entry keypad e pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key e touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if e the ignition is on or e the ignition is off and your vehicle is not in P Auto Relock If you press the unlock button on the remote control and do not open a door within 45 seconds your vehicle will lock and the alarm will arm You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See General Information page 96 MKZ CC9 enUSA 60 Autolock Feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all doors are closed the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and your vehicl
459. tains damage in a crash e The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power e The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 375 MyLincoln Touch 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report ir equipped WARNING A Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the United States Note Your Vehicle Health Report f
460. te You cannot erase individual buttons tt 142660 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps MKZ CC9 enUSA 133 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Note To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode A E142661 A Red indicator light B Green indicator light 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from green to red and green Universal Garage Door Opener 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode If done properly the indicator light will appear red Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button o
461. ted directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions MyLincoln Touch Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list
462. ted in the bottom of the information Trip Computer display Registers the accumulated See General Information page 96 distance your vehicle has traveled MKZ CC9 enUSA Instrument Cluster Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information page 96 Fuel Gauge Note The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located The needle should move toward F when you refuel your vehicle If the needle points to E after adding fuel this indicates your vehicle needs service soon Variations After refueling some variability in needle position is normal It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station e Ifthe gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full try a different gas pump nozzle Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1 16th Driving type fuel economy Fuel gauge position Distance to empty towing exten
463. telligent Access Key Note You can program a maximum of four intelligent access keys to your vehicle You must have two previously programmed intelligent access keys inside your vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access keys readily accessible See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available Security Make sure that your vehicle is off before beginning this procedure Make sure that you close all the doors before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if you perform any steps out of sequence Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin A E155835 1 Remove the rubber covering A from the cupholder Place the first programmed key in the backup slot B at the bottom of the cupholder then press the push button ignition switch 2 Wait five seconds and then press the push button ignition switch again 3 Remove the intelligent access key 4 Within 10 seconds place a second programmed intelligent access key in the backup slot Press the push button ignition switch 5 Wait five seconds and then press the push button ignition switch again 6 Remove the intelligent access key MKZ CC9 enUSA 68 7 Place the unprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot and pre
464. th of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced MKZ CC9 enUSA Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Age WARNING 1 Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used Wheels and Tires U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for saf
465. the indicator light stays on the programming is complete See Programming your garage door motor later in this section If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following MKZ CC9 enUSA 132 Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every 2 seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After programming the HomeLink button begin programming your garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener 4 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 E142659 Programming your garage door opener motor 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps 2 Return to your vehicle Universal Garage Door Opener E142658 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time Erasing the Function Button Codes No
466. the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel A Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission selector lever in position P and turn the engine off 3 Remove the carpeted wheel cover 4 Remove the spare tire bolt securing the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise Remove the spare tire from the spare tire compartment Wheels and Tires E142550 6 Remove the lug wrench and jack from the foam holder E145908 10 Small arrow shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points E142553 11 E142551 7 Block the diagonally opposite wheel 12 8 Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 9 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow 13 warning label on the jack Note Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle 303 MKZ CC9 enUSA Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench Replace the flat tire with th
467. tionship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone MKZ CC9 enUSA 1 800 521 4140 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www lincolnowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Lincoln Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer Customer Assistance 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 Ifyou require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center Vehicle Identification Number Your telephone number home and business The n
468. tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 296 Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Wheels and Tires Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information WARNING f Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Us
469. tires for improved traction when driving in areas with sustained periods of snow or icy driving conditions MKZ CC9 enUSA 296 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING A The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires Each tire including the spare if As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper Wheels and Tires pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and c
470. to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less and moving at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 6 mph 10 km h MKZ CC9 enUSA 174 x o vI a E130382 A Coverage area of up to 27 inches 70 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and about 6 14 inches 15 35 centimeters to the side of the front end of the vehicle Refer to the reverse sensing section for details on coverage area The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers e Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers Parking Aids The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacl
471. to access them you have to say Climate first When the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands CLIMATE AIC off A C on Automatic Defrost off Defrost on Dual off Floor on Fan decrease Fan increase MAX A C off MAX A C on My temp Off On Panel floor on Panel on Rear defrost off Rear defrost on Recirc off Recirc on Temperature 380 MKZ CC9 enUSA CLIMATE Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Temperature decrease Temperature high Temperature increase Temperature low Windshield floor on Help If you say Temperature you can then say any of the commands in the following chart TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees High Low Help NAVIGATION iF equipPep Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see an authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage MyLincoln Touch Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destin
472. to the air position Turn on the kit by pressing the on button MKZ CC9 enUSA E144622 4 Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on the driver s door or door jamb area The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading 5 Turn the compressor off by pressing the on off button 6 Unplug the hoses re install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area What to do after the Tire has been Sealed After using the kit to seal your tire you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube hose Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home however liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations 279 Wheels and Tires Note After the sealing compound has been used the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph 80 km h and the maximum driving distance is 120 miles 200 kilometers The sealed tire should be inspected immediately Note After sealant use the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120
473. to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Powertrain Maximum trailer weight 2 0L GTDI 1000 Ib 454 kg 3 7L TiVCT 1000 Ib 454 kg Calculated with SAE J2807 method MKZ CC9 enUSA 214 Towing ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing e Donottow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information Ifyou use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives you You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle s load in the Load Carrying chapter See Load Limit page 206 Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 15 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper MKZ CC9 enUSA Always connect the
474. tor 50 Not used 51 Not used 52 Not used 53 10A Power seats 54 Not used 55 Not used Micro fuse Dual micro fuse M type fuse Power Distribution Box Bottom There are fuses located on the bottom of the fuse box To access the bottom of the fuse box do the following 237 MKZ CC9 enUSA Fuses 1 Release the two latches located on both sides of the fuse box 2 Raise the inboard side of the fuse box from the cradle 3 Move the fuse box toward the center of the engine compartment 4 Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box to access the bottom side E145983 238 MKZ CC9 enUSA Fuses E144949 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 56 1 Fuel pump feed Not used Not used 500W electronic fan 3 500W electronic fan 1 Not used Body control module 1 MKZ CC9 enUSA 500W electronic fan 2 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 65 20A Front heated seat 66 Not used 67 504 Body control module 2 68 AOA Heated rear window 69 30A Anti lock brake system valves 70 30A Passenger seat 71 Not used 72 30A Panoramic roof 1 73 20A Rear climate controlled seats 74 30A Driver seat module 75 Not used 76 20A Transmission oil pump 2 stop start 77 30A Front climate controlled seats 78 Not used 79
475. touch screen shows a preview of the selected features Guidelines and the Centerline Note Active guidelines and fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse R Note The centerline is only available if Active or Fixed guidelines are on MKZ CC9 enUSA 180 E142436 A Active guidelines Centerline Fixed guideline Green zone Fixed guideline Yellow zone B C D E Fixed guideline Red zone F Rear bumper Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If you change the steering wheel position while reversing your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path Parking Aids The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on your steering wheel position When your steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not visible Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Enhanced Park Aids Note Enhanced park aids are only available when the transmission is in reverse R Note T
476. tremely hot or cold The system automatically adjusts to the previously stored settings For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note At low ambient temperatures with AUTO selected the system directs air toward the windshield and side windows for as long as the engine remains cold Note When you switch the system off it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle Note When the system is in AUTO mode and the interior and exterior temperatures are high the system automatically selects recirculated air to maximize cooling of the interior When the system reaches the selected air temperature it automatically switches to outside air Climate Control Note When you select windshield defrosting and defogging the main airflow directs to the windshield and air conditioning switches on Outside air flows into your vehicle Heating the Interior Quickly 1 Press AUTO 2 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Recommended Settings for Heating 1 Press AUTO 2 Setthe temperature to 72 F 22 C and then adjust the temperature control as necessary Cooling the Interior Quickly Press MAX A C Recommended Settings for Cooling 1 Press AUTO 2 Setthe temperature to 72 F 22 C and then adjust the temperature control as necessary Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather 1 Press AUTO 2 Setthe temperature to 72 F 22 C
477. tructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag Appendices You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the Telenav Software to provide Telenav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement Telenav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the Telenav Softwa
478. ts Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Player Press the Settings icon gt hs Settings gt Media Player then select from the following MKZ CC9 enUSA 331 MyLincoln Touch Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle Index Bluetooth Audio Devices When this feature is on the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device Gracenote Database Info This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off C
479. ts can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Vehicle Care Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash your vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash If tar or grease spots are present use
480. ts and connects the low voltage battery these settings are erased Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake MKZ CC9 enUSA Shift the transmission into P w Turn off all accessories Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle 5 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature While the engine is warming up complete the following Reset the clock See Audio System page 313 Reset the power windows bounce back feature See Windows and Mirrors page 83 Reset the radio station presets See Audio System page 313 6 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute If the engine turns off step on the accelerator to start the engine 7 While the engine is running step on the brake pedal and shift the transmission to N 8 Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal 9 Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles 16 kilometers to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy Note f you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy Note A ways dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling cent
481. ts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and side curtain airbag is provided f To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the side curtain airbag f If the side curtain airbags have deployed the side curtain airbags will not function again The side curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the side curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side curtain airbags will deploy during significant side crashes The side curtain airbags are mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes the side curtain airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle will be activated The side curtain airbags are designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes The system consists of the following Supplementary Restraints System E75004 Side curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim e A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow side air curtain deployment JO Crash sensors and monitoring A system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicato
482. tton is located on the instrument panel Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function and the front and rear direction indicators will flash Press the button again to turn them off FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING f Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision MKZ CC9 enUSA In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shutoff Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle For vehicles equipped with a key system 1 Switch off the ignition 2 Switch on the ignition 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re enable the fuel pump For vehicles equipped with a push button start system 1 Press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition 2 Press the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to start the vehicle 3 Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition 4 You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START STOP button or switch on the ignition only by pressing the START STOP button without
483. tton to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail MyLincoln Touch Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 8300 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands When in navigation mode press us the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands 1 Cancel next waypoint 1 Cancel route 2 Destination Destination lt nametag gt Destination lt POI category gt Destination favorites Destination home Destination intersection Destination nearest lt POI category gt Destination nearest POI Destination play nametags Destination POI Destination POI
484. ture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space MKZ CC9 enUSA 176 CD ED g Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note f driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a message to alert you to reduce vehicle speed Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note f vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system switches off and you need to take full control of the vehicle When you shift the transmission into R Reverse with your hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement the vehicle steers itself into the space Instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch screen and indicated by chimes Parking Aids E130108 When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid accompanied by a touch screen display message and a chime bring the vehicle to a complete stop When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking th
485. ty You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois for Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region or The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and Africa without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United MKZ CCQ enUSA Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded For any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data Claims you agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a the State of Illinois for Claims related to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder and b The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished sha
486. ty devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e N The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on Supplementary Restraints System The readiness light will either flash or Stay lit A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem the light or both are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the front airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions cr
487. u can then say any command in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown Accessories For a complete listing of the accessories Lifestyle that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our e Ash cup smoker s packages online store at Cargo area protector www Accessories Lincoln com United Cargo net Cargo organizer e Roof racks and carriers States only Lincoln Custom Accessories are available for your vehicle through an authorized Lincoln dealer Lincoln Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Lincoln Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective s accessories Peace of mind Car cover Wheel locks Bumper mounted parking sensor Locking fuel plug for capless fuel system Lincoln Motor Company will warrant your vehicle through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit 24 months unlimited mileage The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty The accessory manufacturer designs develops and t
488. u purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch Appendices real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs Note This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circum stances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk HERE and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any
489. uld stay off the next time you start the engine A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs MKZ CC9 enUSA 152 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration indicator is on or the bulb does a not work you may need to have the vehicle serviced See On Board Diagnostics OBD II If the service engine soon Your vehicle may not pass the M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case your vehicle is not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run dow
490. unning ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 3 7L Note Do not add oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage A B E146429 E142732 A MIN B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Note Check the level before starting the engine 250 MKZ CCQ enUSA Maintenance Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets the Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 306 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET To reset the oil monitoring system after an oil change See General Information page 96 ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark MKZ CC9 enUSA Note f the level is at the MIN mark below t
491. until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it lt 1 E146524 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the grasp the lap portion of the inflatable safety belt and pull upward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats 20 MKZ CC9 enUSA Note Unlike the standard safety belt the inflatable safety belt s unique lap portion locks the child seat for installation The ability for the shoulder portion of the belt to move freely is normal even after the lap belt has been put into the automatic locking mode 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 E146525 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling down on the lap belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child Child Safety restraint It also helps to achi
492. upgrades modifications or additions thereto collectively Telenav Software All references herein to you and your means you your employees agents and contractors and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement Additionally all of your account information as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav directly or through the use of the Telenav Software is subject to Telenav s privacy policy located at http www telenav com MKZ CC9 enUSA Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such ins
493. usting the gap distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission into a lower gear MKZ CC9 enUSA 101 Information Displays AdvancetTrac Message Action Service AdvanceTrac Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor Advancetrac Off On Displayed when the traction control has been disabled or enabled by the driver Airbag Message Action Occupant Sensor BLOCKED Remove Objects Near Passenger Seat Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor Alarm Message Action Vehicle Alarm to Stop Alarm Start Vehicle Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor ized entry See Anti Theft Alarm page 68 Automatic Engine Shutdown Message Action Engine Shuts Off in XX Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off Seconds Engine Shut Off for Fuel Displays when the engine has shut off to help increase fuel Economy economy Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds Press Ok to Override Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off You can press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shut down MKZ CC9 enUSA 102 Information Displays AWD Message Action AWD Temporarily Disabled Displayed when the AWD system has been temporarily disabled to protect itself from overheating AWD
494. utton C 2 Push the head restraint down Removing the Head Restraint 1 Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position 2 Press and hold buttons C and D 3 Pull the head restraint up Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Tilting Head Restraints The front head restraints have a tilting feature for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following MKZ CC9 enUSA E144727 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivoting it forward again will then release it to the rearward untilted position POWER SEATS WARNINGS Do not adjust the front seat or seat back when your vehicle is moving Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat back before returning it to the original position 123 E144632 Note The engine must be running or the Power Lumbar vehicle must be in accessory mode to activate the seats Note Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate The seatback and cushion massage cannot function at the same time Q E165608 D Multi Contour Front Seats With Q Active Motion If Equipped D Note The massage system will turn off after 20 minutes gt oo gt O E15
495. ve based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING f Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Appendices General Operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where y
496. vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a crash serious injury or death MKZ CC9 enUSA 184 WARNINGS A Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning You should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a crash serious injury or death Note The brakes may emit a sound when modulated by the adaptive cruise control system When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable The lead vehicle graphic will illuminate The vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until the vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed the vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view the vehicle speed falls below 12 mph 20 km h a new gap distance is set The vehicle will apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The maximum braking which the system can apply is limited You can override the system by applying the brakes Cruise Control If the system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient an audible warning
497. vehicle by purchasing a Lincoln Extended Service Plan Lincoln Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Lincoln Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Lincoln Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits Extended Service Plan ESP There are several Lincoln Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Lincoln Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating authorized Lincoln Motor Company dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Lincoln Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Lincoln of Canada dealer or www Lincoln ca to find the Lincoln Extended Service Plan that is right for you 412 MKZ CCQ enUSA Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting
498. vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components MKZ CC9 enUSA General Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders Periodically wash your vehicle stored in exposed locations e Touch up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when your vehicle is washed Lubricate all hood door and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Vehicle Care Engine The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contain contaminates that may cause engine damage Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears whi
499. voice icon on the us steering wheel When prompted you can Say BROWSE within devices Browse Browse lt league gt games Browse lt Sirius category gt channels Browse SD card Browse Sirius channel guide Browse USB Help l If you only say Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio BROWSE lt League gt Games lt Sirius category gt channels SD card Sirius Channel Guide MKZ CC9 enUSA BROWSE USB Help This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD Card and USB Port section of this chapter Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the Sirius station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to Such as a USB device or Sirius satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyLincoln Touch system language is set to North A
500. ware should be inspected after a collision Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Properly care for safety belts See Vehicle Care page 267 Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off a
501. warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time lens Function Trade name Headlamp high beam LED Headlamp low beam LED Side marker lamp front LED Park lamp front LED Turn lamp front LED Tail and brake lamp high series LED Tail and brake lamp low series LED MKZ CC9 enUSA 263 Maintenance Function Trade name Reverse lamp LED Turn lamp rear high series LED Turn lamp rear low series LED Side marker lamp rear LED License plate lamp LED Trunk lamp LED High mount brake lamp LED Side repeater lamp LED Glove compartment lamp LED Interior lamp LED To replace any bulb see your authorized dealer MKZ CCQ enUSA 264 Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed See Capacities and Specifications page 306 For EcoBoost equipped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Change the air filter element at the proper interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 413 Note Failure to use
502. wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Move the transmission selector lever to position P switch the engine off and apply the parking brake Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer MKZ CC9 enUSA Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations Anti lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the system may be disabled Have the system checked by an authorized dealer If the system is disabled normal Q braking is still effective If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the parking brake have the system checked by an authorized dealer HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES Note When the system
503. we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components MKZ CCQ enUSA Lincoln Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Lincoln and Ford dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Lincoln Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service at any Lincoln or Ford dealership Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using genuine parts Rental Car Reimbursement 1st day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including bumper to bumper warranty repairs and Field Service Actions Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts Out of fuel and lock out assistance Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Extended Service Plan ESP Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Lincoln Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any
504. wheels on the ground Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake Neutral Tow Enter Neutral Tow mode by doing the following 1 Put the ignition in accessory mode by pressing the engine START button without pressing the brake pedal Towing 2 Select Neutral Tow under the Vehicle Settings menu in the information display See General Information page 96 3 Press and hold the OK button to start the neutral tow process 4 Press the brake pedal and select N on the push button transmission 5 Turn the ignition off by pressing the engine START button without pressing the brake pedal If the process is completes successfully the N onthe push button transmission blinks slowly Neutral Tow Engaged turn ignition off for towing appears in the information display Note f the parking brake is applied Neutral Tow remove park brake for towing appears in the information display Note Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h Note Start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours or fewer Shut the engine off and verify that Neutral tow engaged appears in the display before continuing to tow Exit Neutral Tow mode make sure the ignition is on engine can be on or off press the brake pedal and select P on the push button transmission If the process is completed successfully Neutral Tow disengaged appears in the information dis
505. will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally A message will appear in the information display when the remote control battery is low See Information Messages page 100 Intelligent Access Transmitter The remote control uses two coin type three volt lithium batteries CR2025 or equivalent Keys and Remote Controls Note Make sure to replace the label between the two batteries A 5 Reinstall the housing and cover Car Finder Press the button twice within A three seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will CI flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm E151796 1 Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off Sounding a Panic Alarm Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Press the button to activate the md alarm Press the button again or switch the ignition on to deactivate Remote Start E153890 2 Insert a coin into the slot and twist to WARNING separate the housing To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel 5 The remote start button is on the A transmitter This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle The 3 Remove the batteries transmitter has a
506. within five seconds To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7 8 and 9 0 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first To Release the Trunk Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 5 6 within five seconds Displaying the Factory Set Code Note You will need to have two programmed intelligent access keys for this procedure To display the factory set code in the information display MKZ CC9 enUSA E155835 1 Remove the rubber covering A in the cupholder Place the first programmed key in the backup slot B at the bottom of the cupholder 2 Press the START STOP button once and wait a few seconds 3 Press the START STOP button again and remove the key 4 Insert the second programmed key into the backup slot then press the START STOP button The factory set code will appear in the information display for a few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE WARNINGS Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles Locks WARNINGS f Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the t
507. wn in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded Myke ey e Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled e Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac if your vehicle is equipped with this feature CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 139 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys MKZ CC9 enUSA 54 You can also program configurable settings for the key s See Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configurable Setting
508. y response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash MyLincoln Touch WARNINGS A Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional A Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature MKZ CC9 enUSA 374 If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety be
509. y providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver seat or front passenger seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature 35 MKZ CC9 enUSA Safety Belts If Then The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition is turned on or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature will not activate The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled
510. yKey With Remote Start SYSTEMS annua nenon eiki 55 Using Snow Chains 296 Using Stability Control ee 172 AdvanceTrac oo a Using Traction Control Switching the System Off Using a SWIC eacescicsesasescscteccsdstenssusctentesesavearatveeatbeaias 170 Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls 170 System Indicator Lights and MESSAGES sis ccaiascossisivesceccietscreunntereccetesservaes 170 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Onlly cceeee 230 V Vehicle Care 267 General Information 267 Vehicle Certification Label 309 442 MKZ CC9 enUSA Index W Warning Lamps and Indicators 92 Adaptive Cruise Control cccceceseeeeeees 92 Anti Lock Braking System 92 Battery iccisinccssessisccsisnscrspiestincinnuannsasss ies Blind Spot MONTO fs incinin Brake SyStemM sesssessseesssessseesseeserereesressressees Cruise Controleer aisin Direction Indicator a DOOR Al aM ssc tsicicsa Seis icccesstisvesscactietdtiareiviss Electric Park Brake Engine Coolant Temperature 93 Engine Oilean nananana 93 Fasten Safety Belt 93 Front Airbag 393 Heads Up Display ss High BOarihies scccssissssscivesescccovasesisivenencesctzessvaivaese Hood Aja siisii Low Fuel Level Low Tire Pressure Warning 94 Low Washer Fluid 94 Parking Lamps 94 Powertrain Fault 94 Service Engine SOON
511. your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends MKZ CC9 enUSA 368 If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a
512. your instrument cluster will display N as the selected gear Exiting Stay in Neutral mode To disable Stay in Neutral mode select another gear See the Putting the Vehicle in Gear for instructions on how to do this Entering a Carwash Note A ways put your vehicle in Stay in Neutral mode when entering an automatic car wash Failure to do this could result in vehicle damage not covered by warranty D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy S Sport Putting the vehicle in S Sport e Provides additional engine braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking e Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy Provides gear selection more quickly and at higher engine speeds MKZ CC9 enUSA SelectShift Automatic Transmission Your SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears manually Paddle Shifters With your vehicle in D Drive the paddle shifters provide temporary manual control They allow you the ability to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel You can achieve extensive manual control by pressing the S Sport button Pull the right paddle to upshift Pull the left paddle to downshift ji X a E144821 Upshift to the recommend
513. ys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are Supplementary Restraints System not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures o
514. ystem has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area MyLincoln Touch HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are r

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DEM106  IAN 102837 - Lidl Service Website  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file